DARDEN RESTAURANTS INC
10-K405, 1998-08-20
EATING PLACES
Previous: FIR TREE PARTNERS, SC 13D/A, 1998-08-20
Next: CLARITI TELECOMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL LTD, 424B3, 1998-08-20




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    FORM 10-K
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------

(Mark One)

/X/  ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934

                     For the fiscal year ended May 31, 1998

/ /  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION  13 OR 15(D) OF THE  SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

   For the transition period from ____________________ to ___________________
 
                         Commission File Number 1-13666

                            DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                FLORIDA                                  59-3305930
    (State or other jurisdiction of         (IRS Employer Identification Number)
     incorporation or organization)

       5900 LAKE ELLENOR DRIVE                              32809
          ORLANDO, FLORIDA                                (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

                                 (407) 245-4000
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:

                                                     Name of each exchange
      Title of each class                             On which registered
COMMON STOCK, WITHOUT PAR VALUE                     NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

        SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 (G) OF THE ACT: NONE

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  Registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No ____

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by Reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]

     Aggregate  market  value of  Common  Stock  held by  non-affiliates  of the
Registrant,  based on the closing  price of $17.250 per share as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange on August 10, 1998: $2,375 million.

     Number of  shares  of Common  Stock  outstanding  as of  August  10,  1998:
139,184,130 (excluding 23,509,546 shares held in the treasury).

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Portions of Registrant's Proxy Statement dated August 10, 1998
                  are incorporated by reference into Part III,
        and portions of Registrant's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders
             are incorporated by reference into Parts I, II and IV.


<PAGE>

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS OF DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.

INTRODUCTION

     Darden  Restaurants,  Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company" or "Darden")
is the world's  largest  full-service  restaurant  organization.*  In the United
States,  as of May 31, 1998,  it operated  1,118  restaurants  in 49 states (the
exception being Alaska),  including 648 Red Lobster(R), 461 The Olive Garden(R),
six The  Olive  Garden  Cafe(R)  and  three  Bahama  Breeze(R)  restaurants.  In
addition,  the  Company  operated 39  restaurants  in Canada,  including  34 Red
Lobster units and five The Olive Garden units.  All of its  restaurants in North
America are  Company-operated.  In Japan,  as of May 31, 1998, Red Lobster Japan
Partners, a Japanese retailer unaffiliated with Darden,  operated 37 Red Lobster
restaurants pursuant to an Area Development and Franchise Agreement.

     The Company,  a Florida  corporation  incorporated in March of 1995, is the
parent company of GMRI,  Inc., a Florida  corporation  ("GMRI"),  which owns the
operating assets of the restaurants.  GMRI was originally  incorporated on March
27, 1968, as Red Lobster Inns of America, Inc.

     The Company's principal executive offices and restaurant support center are
located at 5900 Lake Ellenor Drive,  Orlando,  Florida 32809  (telephone  number
(407)  245-4000).  Unless the context  indicates  otherwise,  all  references to
Darden or the Company include Darden, GMRI and their respective subsidiaries.

BACKGROUND

     The  Company  opened its first  restaurant,  a Red  Lobster,  in  Lakeland,
Florida in January of 1968.  Red Lobster was founded by William B.  Darden,  for
whom the  Company is named.  The Company was  acquired  by General  Mills,  Inc.
("General Mills") in 1970 and became an independent publicly held company in May
of 1995 when General Mills  distributed all outstanding  Darden stock to General
Mills stockholders (the "Distribution").

     While the  expansion of the  Company's  two largest  restaurant  chains has
historically been steady, the number of restaurants for both Red Lobster and The
Olive  Garden  declined  in fiscal  years  1997 and 1998 due to the  closing  of
under-performing  units  and an  increased  focus on  market  optimization.  Red
Lobster has grown from three  restaurants  in  operation in 1970 to 682 units in
North America by the end of fiscal year 1998.  The Olive  Garden,  an internally
developed concept, opened its first restaurant in December of 1982, and expanded
to 461  restaurants  in the United States and five  restaurants in Canada by the
end of fiscal year 1998. Additionally, at the end of fiscal year 1998, The Olive
Garden  operated  six cafes in food courts  located in regional  shopping  malls
within the United States.

     The Company's  newest  restaurant  concept is Bahama Breeze,  an internally
developed  concept  with a Caribbean  theme.  There are  currently  three Bahama
Breeze restaurants.  The first two are operating in Orlando and nearby Altamonte
Springs,  Florida.  On May 11, 1998, a third Bahama Breeze  restaurant opened in
Memphis, Tennessee.

STRATEGY

     The  Company is a leader in the  casual-dining  segment  of the  restaurant
industry. The Company is committed to the following key strategies.

     o    Developing and operating  distinctive  restaurant concepts,  each with
          its own culture, operating practices,  physical environment,  menu and
          marketing approach.

- ---------------------
*Source:  Restaurants & Institutions Magazine, July 1, 1997 edition.
          ----------------------------------------------------------


                                       1


<PAGE>

     o    Expanding its current portfolio of restaurant concepts, and internally
          developing  or  acquiring  additional  concepts  which can be expanded
          profitably.

     o    Attracting,   developing  and  retaining  experienced  management  and
          personnel  committed to providing  customer  satisfaction and business
          results.

     o    Achieving  operating  efficiencies  by sharing  support  services  and
          infrastructure among its restaurant concepts.

     o    Maintaining   consumer  awareness  through  advertising  and  consumer
          promotions.

     The following table lists the number of restaurants and total sales by year
of the Red Lobster, The Olive Garden and Bahama Breeze concepts.  The table also
includes  information about the now closed China Coast concept as its operations
are reflected in the Company's  Five-Year  Financial  Summary (see Part II, Item
6).

              COMPANY-OPERATED RESTAURANTS OPEN AT FISCAL YEAR-END

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL             RED          THE OLIVE        CHINA          BAHAMA            TOTAL          TOTAL SALES
 YEAR            LOBSTER        GARDEN(a)       COAST(b)        BREEZE        RESTAURANTS(a)    (IN MILLIONS)
- ------           --------       ---------       --------        ------        --------------    -------------
<S>                <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
1970                 6                                                                 6              $3.5
1971                24                                                                24               9.1
1972                47                                                                47              27.1
1973                70                                                                70              48.0
1974                97                                                                97              72.6
1975               137                                                               137             108.5
1976               174                                                               174             174.1
1977               210                                                               210             229.2
1978               236                                                               236             291.4
1979               244                                                               244             337.5
1980               260                                                               260             397.6
1981               291                                                               291             528.4
1982               328                                                               328             614.3
1983               360                1                                              361             718.5
1984               368                2                                              370             782.3
1985               372                4                                              376             842.2
1986               401               14                                              415             917.3
1987               433               52                                              485           1,097.7
1988               443               92                                              535           1,300.8
1989               490              145                                              635           1,621.5
1990               521              208             1                                730           1,927.7
1991               568              272             1                                841           2,212.3
1992               619              341             1                                961           2,542.0
1993               638              400             5                              1,043           2,737.0
1994               675              458            25                              1,158           2,963.0
1995               715              477            51                              1,243           3,163.3
1996               729              487             0              1               1,217           3,191.8
1997               703              477             0              2               1,182           3,171.8
1998               682              466             0              3               1,151           3,287.0

</TABLE>

- ---------------------
(a) These numbers do not include the six The Olive Garden Cafes in operation as
    of May 31, 1998.
(b) In August 1995, the Company approved the closing of all China Coast
    restaurants.

                                       2


<PAGE>

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     In the United States, the restaurant industry generates  approximately $225
billion  in  annual  sales,   or  roughly   one-third  of  total  consumer  food
expenditures.*  Expenditures for restaurant dining and other meals prepared away
from home have  increased  from 25% of the food  dollar in 1955 to 44% in 1995.*
Over  the  past 20  years,  restaurant  sales  have  grown  at a rate one to two
percentage points faster than the growth of food-at-home sales.* The industry is
highly  fragmented  and  is  characterized  by  the  presence  of  thousands  of
independent  operators and small chains.  While chain  restaurants  dominate the
fast-food  segment with a combined  market share of 62%, chains account for just
22% in the full-service segment.* The Company believes that capable operators of
strong  multi-unit  concepts  will  continue  to  increase  their  share  of the
full-service restaurant market.

     Casual dining is the fastest growing segment of the full-service restaurant
market,  with sales  increasing at a 6.8% annual compound growth rate since 1991
and a 7.1%  annual  compound  growth  rate since  1992.*  Today,  casual  dining
represents 36% of full-service  restaurant  sales, or $37 billion.*  Darden is a
leader in the casual-dining  segment,  with  approximately a nine percent market
share.*  Management  believes  that  casual-dining  concepts  will  benefit from
favorable  demographic  trends, most notably the maturing  population.  Forty to
sixty year olds are the most frequent users of  casual-dining  restaurants,  and
through this decade and the next,  the  population  aged  forty-five or older is
projected to increase by approximately 34 million.  In addition,  "baby-boomers"
(i.e.,  thirty-three  to  fifty-one  year  olds)  tend  to  eat  out  more  than
generations  before them,  so, as they age,  their casual  dining  frequency may
become even higher. Finally, this group includes a high proportion of two-income
families,   which  the  Company   believes   could   increase   the  demand  for
food-away-from-home  due to a combination of more discretionary  income and less
discretionary time.

     Restaurants face growing competition from the supermarket industry which is
offering  improved entrees and side dishes from the deli section.  Supermarkets'
renewed emphasis on such "convenient meals" may have the most impact on segments
of the restaurant industry in which the meals fulfill a primarily  physiological
objective,  such as in the "quick serve" and "midscale" segments.  Casual dining
offers a more  significant  social  component  with the meal, a feature that the
supermarkets' "convenient meals" do not readily confer.

RESTAURANT CONCEPTS

Red Lobster

     Red  Lobster  is  the  largest  chain  of  full-service,  seafood-specialty
restaurants  in the United States.  It offers an extensive menu featuring  fresh
fish, shrimp, crab, lobster, scallops, and other seafood in a casual atmosphere.
The menu includes a variety of specialty seafood and non-seafood  appetizers and
desserts.  For the tenth  consecutive  year,  Red Lobster was named Best Seafood
Chain in America in the 1998 America's Choice In Chains national consumer survey
published in the March 1, 1998 issue of Restaurants & Institutions magazine.

     Dinner  entree  prices  range  from  $6.99 to  $18.99,  with fresh fish and
certain lobster items available at market price.  Lunch entree prices range from
$4.99 to $7.99.  During  fiscal  year  1998,  the  average  check per person was
between $13.50 to $14.75, with alcoholic beverages  accounting for approximately
eight percent of sales. Red Lobster also offers a lower-priced  children's menu.
The Company maintains  approximately  100 different menus to reflect  geographic
differences in consumer preferences, prices and selections in its trade areas.


- ---------------------
* Source:  United States Department of Commerce Census of Retail Trade (1996);
           -------------------------------------------------------------------
  National Restaurant Association Annual Foodservice Forecast (1997); and CREST
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Annual Household Summary (1997).
  --------------------------------

                                       3


<PAGE>

The Olive Garden

     The Olive  Garden is the  largest  chain of  casual,  full-service  Italian
restaurants in the United States.  The moderately  priced menu features  recipes
from both northern and southern Italy. For the ninth consecutive year, The Olive
Garden was named Best Dinnerhouse  Chain in America in the 1998 America's Choice
In Chains  national  consumer  survey  published  in the March 1, 1998  issue of
Restaurants & Institutions magazine.

     Dinner  entree  prices range from $6.95 to $13.95,  and lunch entree prices
range from $4.95 to $7.95. During fiscal year 1998, the average check per person
was between $11.00 and $12.30, with alcoholic beverages  accounting for slightly
more than eight percent of sales.

     The Olive Garden places  importance on brand building and, as a result,  is
(like Red Lobster) one of the largest advertisers in the full-service restaurant
industry.  The Olive Garden Cafe concept,  which is a limited-menu  cafe in food
court settings of regional shopping malls,  operated in six locations at the end
of fiscal year 1998. The Company also regularly  experiments with new restaurant
decor and additional menu improvements.

EXPANSION STRATEGY

     During fiscal year 1998,  the Company opened eight  restaurants  (excluding
pre-existing   restaurants   relocated  to  other  sites).   It  plans  to  open
approximately 13 new Red Lobster, The Olive Garden and Bahama Breeze restaurants
during  fiscal  year  1999  (excluding  relocations).  The  Company's  new store
openings by concept are shown below.

                                       ACTUAL          PROJECTED
                                     FISCAL 1998      FISCAL 1999
                                     -----------      -----------
           Red Lobster..............      1                 6
           The Olive Garden.........      6                 4
           Bahama Breeze............      1                 3
                                         --                --

           Totals...................      8                13
                                         ==                ==


     The Company's  objective is to continue to expand its current  portfolio of
restaurant  concepts,  and to develop internally or acquire additional  concepts
which can be expanded. It is currently testing new ideas and concepts, including
Bahama  Breeze,  its  Caribbean-themed  restaurant.  The Company also  regularly
evaluates  potential  acquisition  candidates  on whether they would satisfy the
Company's strategic and financial  objectives.  At present,  the Company has not
identified any specific acquisitions.

     The Company will continue to focus on improving  operational returns at The
Olive  Garden  and Red  Lobster,  and  limit  new  restaurant  expansion  to the
highest-potential  sites. In addition, the Company plans to expand Bahama Breeze
at the proper  pace so that each new  restaurant  captures  the  concept's  full
potential.  The  specific  number of openings  will also depend upon a number of
factors,  including the Company's ability to locate appropriate sites, negotiate
acceptable purchase or lease terms, obtain necessary local governmental permits,
complete  construction,  and recruit and train restaurant  management and hourly
personnel.

     Darden  considers  location  to  be a  critical  factor  in  determining  a
restaurant's  long-term  success  and  devotes  significant  effort  to the site
selection  process for new  locations.  Prior to  entering a market,  a thorough
study is conducted to determine the optimal number and placement of restaurants.
The Company's site selection process utilizes a variety of analytical techniques
to evaluate a number of important  factors.  These  factors  include  trade area
demographics,  such as target  population  density and household  income levels;
competitive influences in the trade area; the site's visibility,  accessibility,
and traffic  volume;  and proximity to activity  centers such as shopping malls,
hotel/motel  complexes,  offices and universities.  Members of senior management
evaluate,  inspect and approve each  restaurant  site prior to its  acquisition.
After site  acquisition  and receipt of permits,  it typically  takes 120 to 180
days to construct and open a new restaurant.

                                       4


<PAGE>

     The following table illustrates the approximate average capital investment,
size  and  dining  capacity  of the one Red  Lobster  and six The  Olive  Garden
openings  (excluding  relocations  of existing  restaurants)  during fiscal year
1998.

                                 CAPITAL      SQUARE      DINING      DINING
                               INVESTMENT      FEET        SEATS      TABLES
                               ----------     ------      ------      ------

     Red Lobster.............. $2,555,000      5,633        178         48
     The Olive Garden......... $2,897,000      7,484        236         58


     During  fiscal year 1998,  Red Lobster  opened one  restaurant in a smaller
market.  Therefore,  the Red Lobster  figures in the preceding table reflect the
capital  investment,  size  and  dining  capacity  of a single  restaurant  in a
relatively small market.

     During fiscal year 1998, The Olive Garden opened six restaurants. The Olive
Garden  figures in the  preceding  table  reflect the average of three  building
sizes which the Company  utilizes to expand in trade areas of varying sizes. The
building sizes for new restaurants opened in fiscal 1998 (excluding relocations)
range from 6,014 to 9,300  square  feet;  the numbers of dining seats range from
185 to 293; and the numbers of dining tables range from 42 to 76.

     Bahama Breeze opened its third  restaurant in Memphis,  Tennessee,  in May,
1998. The Company hopes to open up to three additional Bahama Breeze restaurants
during  fiscal year 1999,  but the actual number of openings may vary due to the
factors previously discussed.

     The Company  systematically reviews the performance of its restaurant sites
to ensure that each unit meets its  standards.  When a unit falls below  minimum
standards,  a thorough  analysis is  completed  to  determine  the  causes,  and
marketing  and  operational   plans  are  implemented  to  improve  that  unit's
performance.  If performance does not improve to acceptable  levels, the site is
evaluated for  relocation,  closing or conversion to one of the Company's  other
concepts.

     In fiscal  year 1998,  the  Company  permanently  closed  four Red  Lobster
restaurants in the United States and 17 Red Lobster  restaurants  in Canada.  An
additional Red Lobster restaurant in the United States was temporarily closed at
the end of fiscal 1998, but was scheduled to re-open in fiscal 1999.  During the
same period,  The Olive Garden  permanently closed six restaurants in the United
States and 11 restaurants in Canada. For a discussion of restructuring and asset
impairment  charges  related  to these  restaurant  closings,  see  Management's
Discussion of Results of Operations and Financial  Condition and Note 3 of Notes
to Consolidated  Financial  Statements on pages 5 and 14,  respectively,  of the
1998  Financial  Statements  booklet  in the  Company's  1998  Annual  Report to
Stockholders.

     During fiscal 1998, Red Lobster  relocated or rebuilt 11  restaurants  (not
included  in the  numbers of new store  openings or  permanent  closings  stated
above).  These  actions  repositioned  older Red Lobster  restaurants  to better
locations and/or more contemporary buildings.

RESTAURANT OPERATIONS

     The Company believes that high-quality restaurant management is critical to
its long-term  success.  It also believes that its leadership  position,  strong
success-oriented   culture  and  various  short-term  and  long-term   incentive
programs,  including  stock  options,  help attract and retain  highly-motivated
restaurant  managers committed to providing  superior customer  satisfaction and
outstanding business results.

     The  Company's  restaurant  management  structure  varies  by  concept  and
restaurant  size.  Each  restaurant is led by a general  manager and one to four
additional  managers,  depending on the operating complexity and sales volume of
the  restaurant.  Each restaurant  also employs  approximately  65 to 140 hourly
employees,  most of whom work part-time.  The Company issues detailed operations
manuals  covering  all  aspects  of  restaurant  operations  as well as food and
beverage  manuals  which  detail the  preparation  procedures  of the  Company's
formulated  recipes.  The restaurant  management  teams are  responsible for the
day-to-day  operation of each  restaurant and for ensuring

                                       5


<PAGE>

compliance with the Company's operating  standards.  Restaurant general managers
report to directors at Red Lobster and The Olive  Garden,  and each  director is
responsible  for seven to 14 restaurants.  Restaurants are visited  regularly by
all levels of  supervision  to ensure  strict  adherence  to all  aspects of the
Company's standards.

     Each concept's vice president or director of training, together with senior
operations  executives,  is  responsible  for developing  and  maintaining  that
concept's  operational training programs.  These efforts include a 12-to-15 week
training program for management  trainees,  and continuing  development programs
for  managers,  supervisors  and  directors.  The  emphasis of the  training and
development  programs varies by restaurant concept,  but includes improvement of
leadership, restaurant business management and culinary skills. The Company also
utilizes a highly structured training program to open new restaurants, including
training teams  consisting of groups of employees  experienced in all aspects of
restaurant  operations.  The opening  training  teams  typically  begin  on-site
training one week prior to opening and remain on location one week following the
opening.  They are phased out when appropriate to ensure a smooth  transition to
the restaurant's operating staff.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

     The  Company's   Quality   Assurance   Department  helps  ensure  that  all
restaurants provide  high-quality food products in a clean and safe environment.
The  Company   ensures  that  all  seafood   purchased   meets  or  exceeds  its
specifications through rigorous physical evaluation and testing. Since 1976, the
Company has  maintained a  microbiological  laboratory to routinely test seafood
and commodity  products for quality.  In addition,  quality  assurance  managers
visit each restaurant location  periodically  throughout the year to ensure that
food is properly  handled,  and to provide education and training in food safety
and  sanitation.  The  quality  assurance  managers  also  serve as a liaison to
regulatory  agencies  on  issues  relating  to food  safety.  The  Company  uses
independent  third party  auditors to inspect and evaluate  vendors of commodity
food  products  to  ensure  that  its   suppliers   are  operating   under  good
manufacturing practices with the comprehensive industry standard Hazard Analysis
Critical Control Points programs in place.

PURCHASING AND DISTRIBUTION

     The Company's  ability to ensure a consistent  supply of high-quality  food
and supplies at  competitive  prices to all of its restaurant  concepts  depends
upon procurement from reliable sources.  The Company's purchasing staff sources,
negotiates and buys internally  specified food and supplies from more than 3,276
suppliers in 44 countries. To ensure the quality of all food products, suppliers
are  required to meet  strict  quality  control  standards  in the  development,
harvest,  catch and/or production of food products.  Competitive bids, long-term
contracts  and  long-term  vendor  relationships  are  routinely  used to ensure
availability of products and stability of costs.

     The  Company  believes  that  its  seafood  purchasing  capabilities  are a
significant  competitive  advantage.  The Company's  purchasing  staff routinely
travels  within  the  United  States  and  internationally  to  source  over 100
varieties  of  top-quality  seafood at  competitive  prices.  Red Lobster is the
single largest buyer in the United States of many seafood products.  The Company
believes that it has  established  excellent  long-term  relationships  with key
seafood vendors, and sources product directly when possible. It employs an agent
in South America to provide  timely  information on local seafood market trends,
identify  purchasing  opportunities  and inspect product at the source.  It also
operates a  procurement  office in Singapore to source  products  directly  from
Asia.  While the supply of certain  seafood  species is  volatile,  the  Company
believes that it has  demonstrated the ability to identify  alternative  seafood
products and to adjust its menus as required.  All other essential food products
are  available,  or can be made available  upon short notice,  from  alternative
qualified suppliers. Because of the relatively rapid turnover of perishable food
products, inventories in the restaurants have a modest aggregate dollar value in
relation  to  revenues.   Controlled   inventories  of  specified  products  are
distributed to all restaurants through a national distribution company. See Note
2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 13 of the 1998 Financial
Statements booklet in the Company's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders.

ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

     The Company  believes that it has  developed  significant  advertising  and
marketing  capabilities.  The  Company's  size  enables  it to be  the  dominant
advertiser in the full-service segment of the restaurant  industry.  The

                                       6


<PAGE>

Company leverages the efficiency of national network television  advertising and
supplements  it  with  local  market  television   advertising.   The  Company's
restaurants  appeal to a broad spectrum of consumers and it uses advertising and
product  promotions  to  attract  customers.  The  Company  implements  periodic
promotions  as  appropriate  to maintain and increase its sales and profits.  It
also relies on radio and newspaper advertising,  as well as newspaper and direct
mail  couponing  programs to attract  customers.  The Company has  developed and
consistently  utilizes  sophisticated  consumer marketing research techniques to
monitor customer satisfaction and customers' evolving expectations.

EMPLOYEES

     At the end of fiscal year 1998, the Company employed  114,800  persons.  Of
these  employees,   1,067  were  corporate  personnel,   5,283  were  restaurant
management personnel, and the remainder were hourly restaurant personnel. Of the
1,067 corporate employees, 588 were in management and 479 were administrative or
office  employees.  The  operating  executives of the Company have an average of
more than 19.7 years of  experience  with the Company.  The  restaurant  general
managers  average  9.8 years with the  Company.  The  Company  believes  that it
provides working  conditions and compensation  that compare favorably with those
of its  competition.  Most  employees,  other  than  restaurant  management  and
corporate  management,  are  paid on an  hourly  basis.  None  of the  Company's
employees  are  covered  by  a  collective  bargaining  agreement.  The  Company
considers its employee relations to be good.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

     The Company strives for leadership in the restaurant  business by utilizing
technology as a competitive advantage.  Since 1975, in-store computers have been
used to assist in the management of the restaurants. The Company has implemented
systems targeted at improved financial control, cost management,  enhanced guest
service and improved employee effectiveness.  Management information systems are
designed to be used across restaurant concepts,  yet are flexible enough to meet
the unique needs of each restaurant chain.  Restaurant  support is provided from
the restaurant support center in Orlando, Florida, seven days a week, 24 hours a
day. A communications  network sends and receives  critical business data to and
from the restaurants each night, providing timely and extensive information each
morning on business  activity in every location.  The restaurant  support center
houses the Company's data center,  which contains sufficient  computing power to
process  information from all restaurants  quickly and efficiently.  The Company
uses internally developed  proprietary  software, as well as purchased software,
with proven,  non-proprietary hardware. This allows processing power in terms of
hardware and software to be  distributed  effectively  to each of the  Company's
restaurant locations.

     The Company's  management  believes these systems have well  positioned the
Company  to  support  current  needs as well as future  growth.  The  Company is
committed to maintaining an industry  leadership position in information systems
and computing  technology.  The Company utilizes a strategic information systems
plan that is prepared  internally and reviewed with senior management.  The plan
is a result of projects approved by the Executive  Information  Systems Steering
Committee.  This  plan  prioritizes  information  systems  projects  based  upon
financial, regulatory and other business advantage criteria.

     The  Company  has  committed  the  resources  necessary  to ensure that its
critical information systems and technology are "Year 2000 compliant" in advance
of the next millennium.  "Year 2000 compliant" refers to information systems and
technology  that  accurately  process  date/time  data  (including  calculating,
comparing and sequencing)  from, into and between the twentieth and twenty-first
centuries  and,  in  particular,  the years 1999 and 2000.  As of May 31,  1998,
approximately  50% of the Company's systems either have been modified to be Year
2000 compliant or have been eliminated due to changes in business  requirements.
Remaining  applications  are  expected to be Year 2000  compliant  over the next
fiscal  year.  The total cost to the Company of  achieving  Year 2000  compliant
systems is not  expected to have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial
condition or results of operations.  For additional  discussion of the Year 2000
issue,  see the  subsection  entitled  "Impact  of Year  2000"  in  Management's
Discussion  of Results of Operations  and  Financial  Condition on page 6 of the
1998  Financial  Statements  booklet  in the  Company's  1998  Annual  Report to
Stockholders.

                                       7


<PAGE>

COMPETITION

     The  restaurant  industry is  intensely  competitive  with  respect to food
quality,  price,  service,  restaurant location,  concept, the attractiveness of
facilities,  and the  effectiveness of advertising and marketing  programs.  The
restaurant  business is often affected by changes in consumer tastes;  national,
regional or local economic conditions; demographic trends; traffic patterns; the
type, number and location of competing restaurants; and consumers' discretionary
purchasing  power.  The Company  competes  within each market with  national and
regional chains as well as locally-owned restaurants, not only for customers but
also for  management  and hourly  personnel  and  suitable  real  estate  sites.
Restaurants  face growing  competition from the supermarket  industry,  which is
offering "convenient meals" in the form of improved entrees and side dishes from
the deli section.  The Company expects intense competition to continue in all of
these areas.

TRADEMARKS AND RELATED AGREEMENTS

     The Company  regards its Red  Lobster(R),  The Olive  Garden(R)  and Bahama
Breeze(R)  servicemarks  as having  significant  value and as being important in
marketing the restaurants. The Company's policy is to pursue registration of its
important servicemarks and trademarks whenever possible and to oppose vigorously
any infringement of them.

     The only restaurant  operations outside of North America  historically have
been conducted  through Red Lobster Japan Partners,  a partnership  venture with
the  Japanese  retailer  JUSCO  that was  established  in 1982.  The  historical
financial results of Darden exclude the results of such operations. On April 26,
1995, the Darden  subsidiary,  GMRI, Inc.,  entered into an Area Development and
Franchise  Agreement  with Red Lobster  Japan  Partners,  which  operated 37 Red
Lobster  restaurants  in  Japan  as of May 31,  1998.  Darden  does  not have an
ownership interest in Red Lobster Japan Partners. Royalty income is not expected
to be material.

SEASONALITY

     The Company's sales volumes fluctuate seasonally,  and are generally higher
in the spring and summer months, and lower in the fall and winter months. Severe
weather,  storms and similar  conditions may impact sales volumes  seasonally in
some operating regions.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     The Company is subject to various  federal,  state and local laws affecting
its  business.  Each of the  Company's  restaurants  must comply with  licensing
requirements  and  regulations by a number of  governmental  authorities,  which
include  health,  safety and fire agencies in the state or municipality in which
the restaurant is located.  The development and operation of restaurants  depend
on selecting and acquiring  suitable  sites,  which are subject to zoning,  land
use, environmental,  traffic and other regulations. To date, the Company has not
been  significantly  affected  by any  difficulty,  delay or  failure  to obtain
required licenses or approvals.

     Presently about 8.2% of restaurant revenues are attributable to the sale of
alcoholic beverages.  Regulations governing their sale require licensure by each
site (in most  cases,  on an  annual  basis)  and  licenses  may be  revoked  or
suspended  for cause at any time.  These  regulations  relate to many aspects of
restaurant operation,  including the minimum age of patrons and employees, hours
of operation, advertising, wholesale purchasing, inventory control and handling,
storage and  dispensing of alcoholic  beverages.  The failure of a restaurant to
obtain  or  retain  these  licenses  would  adversely  affect  the  restaurant's
operations.  The  Company  is also  subject  in  certain  states to  "dram-shop"
statutes,  which  generally  provide an injured party with  recourse  against an
establishment  that  wrongfully  serves  alcoholic  beverages to an  intoxicated
person causing the injury. The Company carries liquor liability coverage as part
of its comprehensive general liability insurance.

     The  Company is also  subject to federal  and state  minimum  wage laws and
other laws governing such matters as overtime, tip credits,  working conditions,
safety  standards,  and hiring and employment  practices.  Changes in these laws
during the fiscal year ended May 31, 1998, have not had a material effect on the
Company's operations.

                                       8


<PAGE>

     The Company is currently operating under a Tip Rate Alternative  Commitment
("TRAC") agreement with the Internal Revenue Service. The TRAC agreement reduces
the  likelihood  of  future  chain-wide   employer-only   FICA  assessments  for
previously  unreported tips through  increased  educational and other efforts in
the restaurants.

     The Company is subject to federal and state environmental regulations,  but
these rules have not had a material effect on the Company's operations.

     The Company  continues to monitor its facilities  for  compliance  with the
Federal  Americans With  Disabilities  Act ("ADA") and related state statutes in
order to conform to their  requirements.  Under the ADA and related  state laws,
the  Company  could be  required to expend  funds to modify its  restaurants  to
better provide service to, or make reasonable  accommodation  for the employment
of, disabled persons.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The executive  officers of the Company as of the date of this report are as
follows.

     Joe R. Lee, age 57, is Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of
Darden. Mr. Lee joined Red Lobster in 1967 as a member of its opening management
team,  and was named its President in 1975.  He was elected a Vice  President of
General  Mills in 1976, a Group Vice  President in 1979,  and an Executive  Vice
President in 1981, was named Executive Vice President, Finance and International
Restaurants  in 1991,  and was elected a Vice  Chairman of General Mills in 1992
with  responsibility  for various  consumer foods businesses and corporate staff
functions. Mr. Lee was elected a director of General Mills in 1985. He was named
Chief Executive Officer of Darden in December of 1994.

     Blaine Sweatt, III, age 50, is President,  New Business  Development and an
Executive Vice  President of Darden.  He joined General Mills in 1976 in the Red
Lobster   organization  and  was  named  Director  of  New  Restaurant   Concept
Development  in 1981.  Mr. Sweatt led the teams that  developed the concepts for
The Olive Garden and Bahama Breeze  concepts,  among  others.  He was named Vice
President  in 1985 and  Senior  Vice  President  in 1994.  Mr.  Sweatt  has been
Executive Vice President and a director of Darden since 1995.

     Bradley D. Blum,  age 44, is President of The Olive Garden and an Executive
Vice  President of Darden.  Mr. Blum joined  General Mills in 1978. He was named
Director of Marketing in 1984, responsible for Big G Cereals, and he became Vice
President of Big G New Enterprises in 1989. In 1990, he was named Vice President
of Marketing for Cereal  Partners  Worldwide,  General Mills' joint venture with
Nestle,  headquartered  in Switzerland.  He joined the Company in 1994 as Senior
Vice President of Marketing for The Olive Garden and was named  President of The
Olive Garden in December of 1994.  He was named Senior Vice  President of Darden
in September of 1995 and  Executive  Vice  President and a director of Darden in
September of 1997.

     Richard E. Rivera, age 51, was named President of Red Lobster and Executive
Vice  President of Darden in December of 1997.  Mr. Rivera began his career with
Steak and Ale  Restaurants  of America  and has held many  management  positions
within the industry over the past 25 years.  Prior to joining Red Lobster,  from
1994 to 1996, Mr. Rivera served as President and Chief Executive Officer of RARE
Hospitality International,  Inc., owner of LongHorn Steakhouse restaurants.  Mr.
Rivera has been a director  of Darden  since  joining the Company in December of
1997.

     Linda J. Dimopoulos, age 48, is Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller
and  Business  Information  Systems of Darden with  overall  responsibility  for
corporate  reporting,  accounting,  information  services,  internal  audit  and
quality  assurance.  Ms.  Dimopoulos  joined the Company in 1982.  She was named
Director,  Corporate  Analysis in 1985. In 1986,  she was named Vice  President,
Controller  for  Red  Lobster,  and  then  Vice  President,  Information  System
Services.  She was named Senior Vice President,  Financial  Operations in August
1993, and assumed her present position in July 1998.

     Daniel  Lyons,  age 45, is Senior Vice  President,  Human  Resources of the
Company with overall responsibility for all personnel,  including  compensation,
benefits,  staffing,  corporate security, diversity management

                                       9


<PAGE>

and aviation.  Mr. Lyons joined the Company in 1993 as Senior Vice  President of
Personnel  for The Olive  Garden.  He was  elected to his  present  position  in
January of 1997.  Prior to joining The Olive  Garden,  Mr.  Lyons spent 18 years
with the Quaker Oats Company.

     Robert W. Mock,  age 46, is Executive  Vice  President,  Operations  of The
Olive Garden and Senior Vice President of Darden. Mr. Mock joined the Company in
1969 and, through the years,  held management  positions in various areas of the
Company.  In 1992,  Mr.  Mock was named  Executive  Vice  President  and General
Manager of Red  Lobster  Canada.  In 1994,  Mr.  Mock was named  Executive  Vice
President,  Operations  for The Olive  Garden.  He was  named to the  additional
position of Senior Vice President of Darden in July 1998.

     Clarence Otis, Jr., age 42, is Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
of the  Company.  Mr.  Otis  joined the  Company in 1995 as Vice  President  and
Treasurer. In July of 1997, he assumed responsibility for investor relations and
was named Senior Vice President, Investor Relations and Treasurer. In July 1998,
Mr.  Otis  assumed  additional  responsibilities  in the area of finance and was
named to his  present  position.  Prior to joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Otis was
employed by  Chemical  Securities,  Inc. in New York where he had been  Managing
Director and Manager of Public Finance since 1991. Prior to his work at Chemical
Securities, Mr. Otis was employed by Siebert Municipal Capital Group as Managing
Director and Principal.

     James D. Smith, age 55, is Senior Vice President,  Real Estate,  Design and
Construction  of the Company.  Mr. Smith  joined  General  Mills in 1982 and was
named Senior Vice President and Controller of the restaurant operations in 1988.
In  December  1994,  Mr.  Smith  was  named  Senior  Vice  President,   Finance.
Subsequently,  he assumed  increasing  responsibilities  in connection  with the
Company's  real  estate  development  activities  and was  named to his  present
position in July of 1998.

     Richard J. Walsh,  age 46, is Senior Vice President,  Corporate  Relations,
with responsibility for all corporate  communications,  environmental relations,
media and  government,  public and  community  relations,  including  the Darden
Restaurants,  Inc. Foundation. Mr. Walsh joined General Mills in 1984 as Manager
of Government Affairs for Red Lobster. He was named Vice President of Government
Relations in 1987 and was promoted to his present position in December of 1994.

     Clifford L.  Whitehill,  age 67, was named a Senior Vice  President  of the
Company in December of 1994.  Mr.  Whitehill  joined General Mills in 1962 as an
attorney in the Law Department.  He was appointed  Assistant  General Counsel in
1968,  elected Vice President in 1971,  named General  Counsel in 1975,  elected
Senior Vice  President in 1981 and elected  Secretary of General  Mills in 1983.
Mr. Whitehill  retired from General Mills immediately prior to the Distribution,
and on that date he  assumed  his  responsibilities  at  Darden  as Senior  Vice
President, General Counsel and Secretary.

                                       10


<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

     As of May 31, 1998, the Company operated 1,157  restaurants,  including 682
Red Lobster,  466 The Olive  Garden,  six The Olive Garden Cafe and three Bahama
Breeze restaurants in the following locations:

     Alabama (18)      Arizona (24)     Arkansas (10)       California (95)
     Colorado (21)     Connecticut (12) Delaware (4)        Florida (111)
     Georgia (36)      Hawaii (1)       Idaho (5)           Illinois (49)
     Indiana (34)      Iowa (15)        Kansas (10)         Kentucky (13)
     Louisiana (10)    Maine (5)        Maryland (19)       Massachusetts (8)
     Michigan (42)     Minnesota (18)   Mississippi (8)     Missouri (26)
     Montana (2)       Nebraska (7)     Nevada (9)          New Hampshire (4)
     New Jersey (27)   New Mexico (8)   New York (47)       North Carolina (24)
     North Dakota (4)  Ohio (67)        Oklahoma (18)       Oregon (10)
     Pennsylvania (52) Rhode Island (2) South Carolina (18) South Dakota (3)
     Tennessee (26)    Texas (100)      Utah (9)            Vermont (2)
     Virginia (37)     Washington (20)  West Virginia (5)   Wisconsin (21)
     Wyoming (2)       Canada (39)

     Of the Company's 1,157  restaurants open on May 31, 1998, 735 were on owned
sites and 422 were on leased sites. The 422 leases are classified as follows:

         Land-Only Leases (Darden owns buildings and equipment).......    287
         Ground and Building Leases...................................     76
         Space/In-Line/Other Leases...................................     59
                                                                          ---

           Total                                                          422
                                                                          ===

     The  Company  owns its  executive  offices,  culinary  center and  training
facilities  in Orlando,  Florida.  Except in limited  instances,  the  Company's
restaurant   sites  and  other  facilities  are  not  subject  to  mortgages  or
encumbrances securing money borrowed by the Company.

     See also Notes 5 and 13 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements on
pages 15 and 18,  respectively,  of the 1998 Financial Statements booklet in the
Company's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders.


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company is from time to time made a party to legal proceedings  arising
in the  ordinary  course of  business.  The Company  does not  believe  that the
results of such legal proceedings, even if unfavorable to the Company, will have
a materially  adverse  impact on its  financial  condition or the results of its
operations. See the section entitled "Government Regulation" for a discussion of
various federal, state and local regulatory matters.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     Not applicable.

                                       11


<PAGE>

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The Company's common stock (no par value) has been registered and is traded
on the New York  Stock  Exchange.  As of July 27,  1998,  the  number  of record
holders of common stock was 33,863.  Trading of the Company's common stock began
on a "when  issued"  basis on May 9, 1995,  at a price per share of $9.375.  The
following  table  sets  forth the high and low sales  prices  for the  Company's
common stock for each full quarterly  period from the Distribution to the end of
fiscal year 1998.

                      PER SHARE SALES PRICE OF COMMON STOCK
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
   FISCAL YEAR
      1996           FIRST QUARTER       SECOND QUARTER       THIRD QUARTER       FOURTH QUARTER
      <S>               <C>                  <C>                 <C>                  <C>
      HIGH              $11.50               $12.00              $13.25               $14.00
      LOW               $9.75                $10.00              $10.625              $11.50
- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
<CAPTION>
   FISCAL YEAR
      1997           FIRST QUARTER       SECOND QUARTER       THIRD QUARTER       FOURTH QUARTER
      <S>               <C>                  <C>                 <C>                  <C>
      HIGH              $12.125              $9.25               $9.375               $8.50
      LOW               $7.50                $7.75               $6.75                $6.875
- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
<CAPTION>
   FISCAL YEAR
      1998           FIRST QUARTER       SECOND QUARTER       THIRD QUARTER       FOURTH QUARTER
      <S>               <C>                  <C>                 <C>                  <C>
      HIGH              $10.5625             $12.00              $13.4375             $18.125
      LOW               $8.125               $9.00               $10.50               $13.00
- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
</TABLE>

     During fiscal year 1998, the Company declared two semi-annual  dividends of
four cents per share each. The first semi-annual dividend (four cents per share)
was paid on November 1, 1997, to stockholders of record on October 10, 1997. The
second  semi-annual  dividend (four cents per share) was paid on May 1, 1998, to
stockholders of record on April 10, 1998.


ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The  information  for fiscal  years 1993  through  1998,  contained  in the
Five-Year Financial Summary on page 23 of the 1998 Financial  Statements booklet
in the Company's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders,  is incorporated  herein by
reference.


ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

     The information set forth in the section entitled "Management's  Discussion
of Results of Operations  and  Financial  Condition" on pages 4 through 6 of the
1998  Financial  Statements  booklet  in the  Company's  1998  Annual  Report to
Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The  Independent  Auditors'  Report,  Consolidated  Statements  of Earnings
(Loss),  Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and
Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  on pages 8 through

                                       12


<PAGE>

22 of the 1998 Financial  Statements booklet in the Company's 1998 Annual Report
to Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     Not applicable.



                                    PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information contained in the sections entitled "Information  Concerning
Nominees" on pages 3 through 4,  "Committees of the Board" on pages 6 through 7,
and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting  Compliance" on page 21 of the
Company's  definitive  proxy  materials  dated August 10, 1998, is  incorporated
herein  by  reference.  Certain  information  regarding  executive  officers  is
contained in Part I above.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information  contained in the sections entitled "Board Compensation and
Benefits" on pages 5 through 6, "Summary Compensation Table" on pages 12 through
13,  and  "Option  Grants  in Last  Fiscal  Year"  on  page 14 of the  Company's
definitive  proxy materials dated August 10, 1998, is incorporated by reference.
The  information  appearing in such proxy materials under the heading "Report of
Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation" is not incorporated herein.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  information  contained in the  sections  entitled  "Certain  Owners of
Common Stock" on page 2 and "Share Ownership of Directors and Officers" on pages
7 through 8 of the Company's  definitive  proxy materials dated August 10, 1998,
is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information  contained in the section entitled  "Certain  Relationships
and Related  Transactions" on page 8 of the Company's definitive proxy materials
dated August 10, 1998, is incorporated herein by reference.

                                       13


<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(A)  1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

     Consolidated  Statements of Earnings  (Loss) for the fiscal years ended May
31, 1998, May 25, 1997 and May 26, 1996  (incorporated by reference to page 8 of
the 1998  Financial  Statements  booklet in the Company's  1998 Annual Report to
Stockholders)

     Consolidated  Balance Sheets at May 31, 1998 and May 25, 1997 (incorporated
by reference to page 9 of the 1998 Financial Statements booklet in the Company's
1998 Annual Report to Stockholders)

     Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows for the fiscal  years ended May 31,
1998, May 25, 1997 and May 26, 1996 (incorporated by reference to page 10 of the
1998  Financial  Statements  booklet  in the  Company's  1998  Annual  Report to
Stockholders)

     Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (incorporated by reference to
pages 11 through 22 of the 1998  Financial  Statements  booklet in the Company's
1998 Annual Report to Stockholders)

     2. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES:

     Not applicable.

     3. EXHIBITS:

     Pursuant  to Item  601(b)(4)(iii)  of  Regulation  S-K,  copies of  certain
instruments  defining  the rights of holders  of certain  long-term  debt of the
Company are not filed, and in lieu thereof, the Company agrees to furnish copies
thereof to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

       EXHIBIT
       NUMBER                              TITLE
       -------                             -----

        3(a)   Articles of  Incorporation  (incorporated  herein by reference to
               Exhibit 3(a) to the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form 10
               effective May 5, 1995)

        3(b)   Bylaws  (incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the
               Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form 10  effective  May 5,
               1995)

        4(a)   Rights Agreement dated as of May 28, 1995 between the Company and
               Norwest Bank Minnesota,  N.A., as amended May 23, 1996,  assigned
               to First Union  National  Bank, as Rights Agent,  as of September
               29, 1997

        4(b)   Indenture  dated as of January 1, 1996,  between  the Company and
               Norwest  Bank  Minnesota,   National   Association,   as  Trustee
               (incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Current Report
               on Form 8-K filed February 9, 1996)

      *10(a)   Darden  Restaurants,  Inc. Stock Option and Long-Term Incentive
               Plan of 1995,  as amended May 23, 1996,  June 17, 1997,  and June
               26, 1998

      *10(b)   Darden Restaurants,  Inc. FlexComp Plan (incorporated herein by
               reference  to  Exhibit  10(b)  to  the   Company's   Registration
               Statement on Form 10 effective May 5, 1995)


- --------------------------
*    Items that are management  contracts or compensatory  plans or arrangements
     required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

                                       14



<PAGE>
 
      *10(c)   Darden  Restaurants,  Inc. Stock Option and Long-Term Incentive
               Conversion Plan, as amended  (incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10(c) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
               fiscal year ended May 26, 1996)

      *10(d)   Supplemental   Pension  Plan  of  Darden   Restaurants,   Inc.
               (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(d)  to  the
               Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form 10  effective  May 5,
               1995)

      *10(e)   Executive Health Plan of Darden Restaurants, Inc. (incorporated
               herein  by   reference   to  Exhibit   10(e)  to  the   Company's
               Registration Statement on Form 10 effective May 5, 1995)

      *10(f)   Stock  Plan for  Directors  of  Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.,  as
               amended December 10, 1996, and June 26, 1998

      *10(g)   Compensation   Plan  for  Non-Employee   Directors  of  Darden
               Restaurants, Inc., as amended June 17, 1997

      *10(h)   Darden Restaurants,  Inc. Management Incentive Plan, as amended
               (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(h)  to  the
               Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended
               May 26, 1996)

      *10(i)   Benefits Trust Agreement  dated as of October 3, 1995,  between
               the  Company  and  Norwest  Bank  Minnesota,   N.A.,  as  Trustee
               (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(i)  to  the
               Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended
               May 25, 1997)

      *10(j)   Form of Management  Continuity Agreement,  as amended,  between
               the Company and certain of its executive  officers  (incorporated
               herein by  reference  to Exhibit  10(j) to the  Company's  Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 25, 1997)

          12   Computation of Ratio of Consolidated Earnings to Fixed Charges

          13   Portions of 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders  (incorporated  by
               reference herein)

          21   Subsidiaries of Darden Restaurants, Inc.

          23   Independent Accountant's Consent

          24   Powers of Attorney

          27   Financial Data Schedule

- --------------------------
*    Items that are management  contracts or compensatory  plans or arrangements
     required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

                                      
(B)  REPORTS ON FORM 8-K. During the last quarter covered by this Report,  there
     were no Form 8-K filings.

                                       15



<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

     Dated:  August 20, 1998             DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
                                          By: /s/ C.L. Whitehill
                                              ------------------
                                               C.L. Whitehill
                            Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has been  signed  below  by the  following  person's  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

SIGNATURE                    TITLE                               DATE
- ---------                    -----                               ----

/s/ H.B. Atwater, Jr.        Director
- -------------------------
    H.B. Atwater, Jr.*

/s/ Daniel B. Burke          Director
- -------------------------
    Daniel B. Burke*

/s/ Odie C. Donald           Director
- -------------------------
    Odie C. Donald*

/s/ Betty Southard Murphy    Director
- -------------------------
    Betty Southard Murphy*

/s/ Michael D. Rose          Director
- -------------------------
    Michael D. Rose*

/s/ Jack A. Smith            Director
- -------------------------
    Jack A. Smith*

/s/ Bradley D. Blum          Director and President,
- -------------------------    The Olive Garden
    Bradley D. Blum*

/s/ Joe R. Lee               Director, Chairman of the           August 20, 1998
- -------------------------    Board and Chief Executive Officer 
    Joe R. Lee               (principal executive officer)

/s/ Richard E. Rivera        Director and President, Red Lobster
- -------------------------
    Richard E. Rivera*

/s/ Blaine Sweatt, III       Director and President,
- -------------------------    New Business Development
    Blaine Sweatt, III*

/s/ Linda J. Dimopoulos      Senior Vice President - Corporate   August 20, 1998
- -------------------------    Controller and Business Information
    Linda J. Dimopoulos      Systems (controller and principal
                             accounting officer)

/s/ Clarence Otis, Jr.       Senior Vice President-Finance       August 20, 1998
- -------------------------    and Treasurer (principal financial
    Clarence Otis, Jr.       officer)


*BY: C.L. Whitehill,
     Attorney-In-Fact
     August 20, 1998

                                       16


<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBITS


  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                              TITLE
  -------                             -----

   3(a)   Articles of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
          3(a) to the Company's  Registration Statement on Form 10 effective May
          5, 1995)

   3(b)   Bylaws  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3(b) to the
          Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 effective May 5, 1995)

   4(a)   Rights  Agreement  dated as of May 28,  1995  between  the Company and
          Norwest Bank  Minnesota,  N.A.,  as amended May 23, 1996,  assigned to
          First Union National Bank, as Rights Agent, as of September 29, 1997

   4(b)   Indenture dated as of January 1, 1996, between the Company and Norwest
          Bank Minnesota,  National Association, as Trustee (incorporated herein
          by  reference  to the  Company's  Current  Report  on Form  8-K  filed
          February 9, 1996)

 *10(a)   Darden  Restaurants,  Inc. Stock Option and Long-Term Incentive Plan
          of 1995, as amended May 23, 1996, June 17, 1997, and June 26, 1998

 *10(b)   Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  FlexComp  Plan  (incorporated  herein by
          reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company's  Registration Statement on
          Form 10 effective May 5, 1995)

 *10(c)   Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  Stock  Option  and  Long-Term  Incentive
          Conversion  Plan,  as amended  (incorporated  herein by  reference  to
          Exhibit  10(c) to the  Company's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
          fiscal year ended May 26, 1996)

 *10(d)   Supplemental Pension Plan of Darden Restaurants,  Inc. (incorporated
          herein by reference  to Exhibit  10(d) to the  Company's  Registration
          Statement on Form 10 effective May 5, 1995)

 *10(e)   Executive  Health  Plan of Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  (incorporated
          herein by reference  to Exhibit  10(e) to the  Company's  Registration
          Statement on Form 10 effective May 5, 1995)

 *10(f)   Stock Plan for  Directors of Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.,  as amended
          December 10, 1996, and June 26, 1998

- ---------------------
*    Items that are management  contracts or compensatory  plans or arrangements
     required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

                                       i


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBITS


  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                              TITLE
  -------                             -----

 *10(g)   Compensation Plan for Non-Employee  Directors of Darden Restaurants,
          Inc., as amended June 17, 1997

 *10(h)   Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  Management  Incentive  Plan,  as amended
          (incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit  10(h) to the  Company's
          Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 26, 1996)

 *10(i)   Benefits Trust  Agreement  dated as of October 3, 1995,  between the
          Company and Norwest Bank  Minnesota,  N.A.,  as Trustee  (incorporated
          herein by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Company's Annual Report on
          Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 25, 1997)

 *10(j)   Form of Management  Continuity  Agreement,  as amended,  between the
          Company and certain of its executive officers  (incorporated herein by
          reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
          for the fiscal year ended May 25, 1997)

     12   Computation of Ratio of Consolidated Earnings to Fixed Charges

     13   Portions  of 1998  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  (incorporated  by
          reference herein)

     21   Subsidiaries of Darden Restaurants, Inc.

     23   Independent Accountant's Consent

     24   Powers of Attorney

     27   Financial Data Schedule

- ---------------------
*    Items that are management  contracts or compensatory  plans or arrangements
     required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.

                                       ii




                                  EXHIBIT 4(a)

                                RIGHTS AGREEMENT


<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 4(a)

                                RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                   DATED AS OF

                                  MAY 28, 1995

                                     BETWEEN

                            DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.

                                       AND

                          NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.,

                                 AS RIGHTS AGENT


                            (AS AMENDED MAY 23, 1996)


<PAGE>
                                        
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS (1)



Section 1.  Definitions..................................................

Section 2.  Appointment of Rights Agent..................................

Section 3.  Issue of Right Certificates..................................

Section 4.  Form of Right Certificates...................................

Section 5.  Countersignature and Registration............................

Section 6.  Transfer and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated,
            Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates.................

Section 7.  Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of
            Rights.......................................................

Section 8.  Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates...........

Section 9.  Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock................

Section 10. Preferred Stock Record Date..................................

Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and Kind of Shares
            or Number of Rights..........................................

Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares...

Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or
            Earning Power................................................

Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares......................

Section 15. Rights of Action.............................................

Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders...................................


- ---------------------
(1) The Table of Contents is not part of this agreement.


<PAGE>

                         TABLE OF CONTENTS - (continued)



Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder............

Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent..................................

Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent....

Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent.......................................

Section 21. Change of Rights Agent.......................................

Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates...........................

Section 23. Redemption...................................................

Section 24. Exchange.....................................................

Section 25. Notice of Proposed Actions...................................

Section 26. Notices......................................................

Section 27. Supplements and Amendments...................................

Section 28. Successors...................................................

Section 29. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc....

Section 30. Benefits of this Agreement...................................

Section 31. Severability.................................................

Section 32. Governing Law................................................

Section 33. Counterparts.................................................

Section 34. Descriptive Headings.........................................


<PAGE>

                                RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                            (as amended May 23, 1996)


     AGREEMENT  dated as of May 28, 1995,  between Darden  Restaurants,  Inc., a
Florida corporation (the "Company"), and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as Rights
Agent (the "Rights Agent"),

                               W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS,  on May 15, 1995 (the "Record Date") the Board of Directors of the
Company,  in accordance with the provisions of the Florida Business  Corporation
Act (and, in particular but without  limitation,  Section 607.0624 of such act),
authorized and declared a dividend, payable on the Record Date to the holders of
record of the Company's  Common Stock (as hereinafter  defined) on that date, of
preferred  stock purchase rights (the "Rights") in an amount such that one Right
is payable with respect to each share of Common Stock  outstanding  at the close
of business on May 28, 1995, and has authorized the issuance, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, of one Right in respect of each
share of Common Stock issued after May 28,  1995,  each Right  representing  the
right to purchase,  upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set
forth, one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined);

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     Section 1.  Definitions.  The  following  terms,  as used herein,  have the
following meanings:

          "Acquiring  Person"  means any Person who or which,  together with all
     Affiliates and  Associates of such Person,  shall at any time after May 28,
     1995, be the Beneficial  Owner of 20% or more of the shares of Common Stock
     then  outstanding,   but  shall  not  include  the  Company,   any  of  its
     Subsidiaries,  any  employee  benefit  plan of the Company or of any or its
     Subsidiaries  or any Person  organized,  appointed  or  established  by the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries for or pursuant to the terms of any such
     plan.

          "Affiliate" and "Associate" have the respective  meanings  ascribed to
     such terms in Rule 12b-2  under the  Exchange  Act as in effect on the date
     hereof.

          A Person  shall be deemed  the  "Beneficial  Owner"  of,  and shall be
     deemed to "beneficially own", any securities:

               (a) which such  Person or any of its  Affiliates  or  Associates,
          directly or indirectly,  beneficially owns (as determined  pursuant to
          Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof),


<PAGE>

               (b) which such  Person or any of its  Affiliates  or  Associates,
          directly or indirectly, has

                    (i) the right to acquire  (whether such right is exercisable
               immediately  or only upon the occurrence of certain events or the
               passage of time or both) pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement
               or  understanding  (whether  or not in  writing)  or  exercise of
               conversion rights,  exchange rights, rights, warrants or options,
               or otherwise (other than pursuant to the Rights); provided that a
               Person  shall  not be  deemed  the  "Beneficial  Owner"  of or to
               "beneficially  own" securities  tendered  pursuant to a tender or
               exchange  offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of its
               Affiliates  or  Associates  until such  tendered  securities  are
               accepted for payment or exchange; or

                    (ii) the right to vote  (whether  such right is  exercisable
               immediately  or only upon the occurrence of certain events or the
               passage of time or both) pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement
               or  understanding  (whether  or not  in  writing)  or  otherwise;
               provided that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner"
               of or to  "beneficially  own" any security under this clause (ii)
               as a result of an agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote
               such security if such agreement, arrangement or understanding (A)
               arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response
               to a public proxy or consent  solicitation  made pursuant to, and
               in accordance  with, the applicable  rules and regulations  under
               the  Exchange  Act and (B) is not also  then  reportable  by such
               Person on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any  comparable
               or successor report); or

          (c) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other
     Person (or any  Affiliate or Associate  thereof)  with which such Person or
     any of its  Affiliates  or Associates  has any  agreement,  arrangement  or
     understanding  (whether  or not in writing)  for the purpose of  acquiring,
     holding,  voting  (except  pursuant to a revocable  proxy as  described  in
     subparagraph   (b)(ii)   immediately   above)  or  disposing  of  any  such
     securities; provided that a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of
     securities  shall  not  to be  deemed  the  "Beneficial  Owner"  of,  or to
     "beneficially   own,"  any  securities   acquired   through  such  Person's
     participation  in good faith in a firm  commitment  underwriting  until the
     expiration of forty days after the date of such acquisition.

          "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday,  or a day
     on which  banking  institutions  in the  State of New York or the  State in
     which the


<PAGE>

     principal office of the Rights Agent is located are authorized or obligated
     by law or executive order to close.

          "Close of business"  on any given date means 5:00 P.M.,  New York City
     time, on such date; provided that if such date is not a Business Day "close
     of business"  means 5:00 P.M.,  New York City time, on the next  succeeding
     Business Day.

          "Common  Stock"  means the Common  Stock,  without  par value,  of the
     Company, except that, when used with reference to any Person other than the
     Company,  "Common  Stock"  means the capital  stock of such Person with the
     greatest  voting power,  or the equity  securities or other equity interest
     having power to control or direct the management, of such Person.

          "Continuing  Director"  means any member of the Board of  Directors of
     the  Company,  while such  Person is a member of the  Board,  who is not an
     Acquiring  Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring  Person or a
     representative  or nominee of an Acquiring  Person or of any such Affiliate
     or Associate and either (a) is a member of the Board  immediately  prior to
     the time any Person becomes an Acquiring Person or (b) subsequently becomes
     a member of the Board, if such Person's nomination for election or election
     to the Board is  recommended  or approved  by a majority of the  Continuing
     Directors.

          "Distribution  Date" means the earlier of (a) the close of business on
     the  tenth  day (or such  later  day as may be  designated  by  action of a
     majority of the Continuing  Directors) after the Stock Acquisition Date and
     (b) the close of business on the tenth  Business  Day (or such later day as
     may be  designated  by action of a majority  of the  Continuing  Directors)
     after the date of the  commencement  of a tender or  exchange  offer by any
     Person if, upon  consummation  thereof,  such Person  would be an Acquiring
     Person.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "Expiration  Date" means the earlier of (a) the Final  Expiration Date
     and (b) the time at which all Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23
     or exchanged as provided in Section 24.

          "Final Expiration Date" means the close of business on May 24, 2005.

          "Person" means an individual, corporation,  partnership,  association,
     trust or any other entity or organization.

          "Preferred   Stock"  means  the  Series  A  Participating   Cumulative
     Preferred  Stock,  without par value, of the Company,  having the terms set
     forth in the form of articles  of  amendment  to articles of  incorporation
     attached hereto as Exhibit A.


<PAGE>

          "Purchase  Price" means the price  (subject to  adjustment as provided
     herein) at which a holder of a Right may  purchase one  one-hundredth  of a
     share of Preferred  Stock  (subject to adjustment as provided  herein) upon
     exercise of a Right, which price shall initially be $62.50.

          "Section  11(a)(ii)  Event"  means  any  event  described  in  Section
     11(a)(ii).

          "Section 13 Event"  means any event  described  in clauses (x), (y) or
     (z) of Section 13(a).

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "Stock  Acquisition  Date"  means  the  date  (after  the date of this
     Agreement) of the first public  announcement  (including without limitation
     the  filing of a report on  Schedule  13D  under the  Exchange  Act (or any
     comparable  or  successor  report)) by the Company or an  Acquiring  Person
     indicating that an Acquiring Person has become such.

          "Subsidiary" of any Person means any other Person of which  securities
     or other ownership  interests  having ordinary voting power, in the absence
     of  contingencies,  to elect a majority of the board of  directors or other
     Persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly
     owned by such first Person.

          "Trading Day" means a day on which the principal  national  securities
     exchange  on which the  shares of Common  Stock are listed or  admitted  to
     trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the shares of Common
     Stock are not listed or  admitted  to trading  on any  national  securities
     exchange, a Business Day.

          "Triggering Event" means any Section 11(a)(ii) Event or any Section 13
     Event.

     Section 2.  Appointment of Rights Agent.  The Company  hereby  appoints the
Rights  Agent to act as agent for the  Company  and the holders of the Rights in
accordance  with the terms and  conditions  hereof,  and the Rights Agent hereby
accepts  such  appointment.  The  Company  may from  time to time  appoint  such
Co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.  If the Company appoints
one or more Co-Rights Agents,  the respective duties of the Rights Agent and any
Co-Rights Agents shall be as the Company shall determine.

     Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates.

     (a) Prior to the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights will be evidenced by the
certificates  for the Common Stock and not by separate  Right  Certificates  (as


<PAGE>

hereinafter  defined)  and the  registered  holders of the Common Stock shall be
deemed to be the  registered  holders  of the  associated  Rights,  and (ii) the
Rights  will be  transferable  only  in  connection  with  the  transfer  of the
underlying shares of Common Stock. As soon as practicable after the Record Date,
the  Company  will send a summary  of the  Rights  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, by first-class, postage prepaid mail, to each record holder of
the Common  Stock as of the close of  business on the Record Date at the address
of such holder shown on the records of the Company.

     (b) As soon as practicable after the Company has notified the Rights Agents
of the  occurrence  of the  Distribution  Date,  the Rights Agent will send,  by
first-class,  insured, postage prepaid mail, to each record holder of the Common
Stock as of the close of business on the  Distribution  Date,  at the address of
such holder shown on the records of the Company, one or more Rights Certificates
evidencing one Right  (subject to adjustment as provided  herein) for each share
of Common Stock so held.  If an  adjustment in the number of Rights per share of
Common Stock has been made pursuant to Section 11(p),  the Company shall, at the
time  of  distribution  of  the  Right  Certificates,  make  the  necessary  and
appropriate  rounding  adjustments  (in  accordance  with Section 14(a)) so that
Right Certificates representing only whole numbers of Rights are distributed and
cash is paid in lieu of any fractional  Rights.  From and after the Distribution
Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.

     (c) Rights  shall be issued on the Record  Date in respect of all shares of
Common  Stock  outstanding  as of that date in an amount  such that one Right is
issuable  with respect to each share of Common Stock  outstanding  as of May 28,
1995,  or issued (on original  issuance or out of treasury)  after May 28, 1995,
but prior to the earlier of the  Distribution  Date and the Expiration  Date. In
addition,  in  connection  with the  issuance or sale of shares of Common  Stock
following the  Distribution  Date and prior to the Expiration  Date, the Company
(i) shall, with respect to shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (x) pursuant
to the exercise of stock  options or under any employee plan or  arrangement  or
(y) upon the exercise,  conversion or exchange of other securities issued by the
Company  prior to the  Distribution  Date and (ii) may,  in any other  case,  if
deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company,  issue
Right  Certificates  representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection
with such  issuance or sale;  provided that no such Right  Certificate  shall be
issued if, and to the extent that,  (i) the Company  shall be advised by counsel
that such  issuance  would  create a  significant  risk of material  adverse tax
consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Right  Certificate  would
be issued or (ii) appropriate  adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu
of the issuance thereof.

     (d)  Certificates  for the Common Stock  issued after the Record Date,  but
prior to the earlier of the  Distribution  Date and the Expiration  Date,  shall
have  impressed  on,  printed on,  written on or  otherwise  affixed to them the
following legend:

     This  certificate also evidences and entitles the holder thereof to certain
     Rights  as set  forth in the  Rights  Agreement  (the  "Rights  Agreement")
     between  Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  (the  "Corporation")  and Norwest Bank
     Minnesota,  N.A.  (the  "Rights  Agent"),  the  terms of which  are  hereby
     incorporated  by reference  and a copy of which is on file at the principal
     executive offices of the Corporation. Under certain circumstances set forth
     in the  Rights  Agreement,  such  Rights  will  be  evidenced  by  separate
     certificates  and will no  longer  be  evidenced  by the  certificate.  The
     Corporation  will  mail to the  holder  of this  certificate  a copy of the
     Rights  Agreement,  as in effect  on the date of  mailing,  without  charge
     promptly  after  receipt  of a  written  request  therefor.  Under  certain
     circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement,  Rights issued to, or held
     by, any Person who is, was or becomes an  Acquiring  Person or an Affiliate
     or Associate  thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights  Agreement),
     whether  currently held by or on behalf of such Person or by any subsequent
     holder, may be null and void.

     Section 4. Form of Right Certificates.

     (a) The  certificates  evidencing  the Rights (and the forms of assignment,
election to purchase and certificates to be printed on the reverse thereof) (the
"Right Certificates") shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto and
may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries
or endorsements  printed thereon as the Company may deem  appropriate and as are
not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to
comply  with  any  applicable  law,  rule  or  regulation  or with  any  rule or
regulation  of any stock  exchange  on which the Rights may from time to time be
listed, or to conform to usage. The Right  Certificates,  whenever  distributed,
shall be dated as of the Record Date.

     (b) Any Right Certificate  representing  Rights  beneficially  owned by any
Person  referred  to in  clauses  (i),  (ii) or (iii) of the first  sentence  of
Section 7(d) shall (to the extent feasible) contain the following legend:

     The Rights  represented by this Right  Certificate are or were beneficially
     owned by a Person who was or became an Acquiring  Person or an Affiliate or
     Associate of an  Acquiring  Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights
     Agreement). This Right Certificate and the Rights represented hereby may be
     or may become null and void in the circumstances  specified in Section 7(d)
     of such Agreement.

     Section 5. Countersignature and Registration.

     (a) The Right  Certificates  shall be  executed on behalf of the Company by
its Chairman of the Board, its President or any Vice President,  either manually
or by facsimile signature,  and shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal or
a facsimile  thereof  which shall be attested by the  Secretary  or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company,  either manually or by facsimile signature.  The Right
Certificates  shall be manually  countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not
be valid for any  purpose  unless so  countersigned.  In case any officer of the
Company whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to the Right Certificates
shall cease to be such  officer of the Company


<PAGE>

before  countersignature  by the Rights  Agent and  issuance and delivery by the
Company,  such Right  Certificates  may,  nevertheless,  be countersigned by the
Rights Agent and issued and  delivered  with the same force and effect as though
the Person who signed such Right  Certificates had not ceased to be such officer
of the Company.  Any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by
any Person who, at the actual date of the  execution of such Right  Certificate,
shall be a  proper  officer  of the  Company  to sign  such  Right  Certificate,
although at the date of the  execution of this Rights  Agreement any such Person
was not such an officer.

     (b) Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to
be kept,  at its  principal  office  or  offices  designated  as the  place  for
surrender of Right Certificates upon exercise,  transfer or exchange,  books for
registration and transfer of the Right Certificates.  Such books shall show with
respect to each Right  Certificate the name and address of the registered holder
thereof,  the number of Rights  indicated on the certificate and the certificate
number.

     Section  6.  Transfer  and  Exchange  of  Right  Certificates;   Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates.

     (a) At any time  after the  Distribution  Date and prior to the  Expiration
Date, any Right  Certificate or Certificates  may, upon the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth below in this Section 6(a), be transferred or exchanged
for another Right Certificate or Certificates evidencing a like number of Rights
as the Right  Certificate or  Certificates  surrendered.  Any registered  holder
desiring to transfer or exchange any Right  Certificate  or  Certificates  shall
surrender  such  Right  Certificate  or  Certificates  (with,  in the  case of a
transfer,  the form of assignment  and  certificate  on the reverse side thereof
duly  executed)  to the Rights Agent at the  principal  office or offices of the
Rights  Agent  designated  for such  purpose.  Neither the Rights  Agent nor the
Company  shall be  obligated to take any action  whatsoever  with respect to the
transfer of any such  surrendered  Right  Certificate or Certificates  until the
registered  holder of the Rights has complied with the  requirements  of Section
7(e). Upon satisfaction of the foregoing  requirements,  the Rights Agent shall,
subject to Sections 4(b), 7(d), 14 and 24, countersign and deliver to the Person
entitled  thereto a Right  Certificate  or  Certificates  as so  requested.  The
Company may require  payment of a sum  sufficient  to cover any  transfer tax or
other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or
exchange of any Right Certificate or Certificates.

     (b) Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably
satisfactory  to them of the loss,  theft,  destruction or mutilation of a Right
Certificate,  and,  in case of  loss,  theft or  destruction,  of  indemnity  or
security  reasonably  satisfactory  to  them,  and,  at the  Company's  request,
reimbursement  to the Company and the Rights  Agent of all  reasonable  expenses
incidental  thereto,  and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of
the Right  Certificate  if  mutilated,  the Company will issue and deliver a new
Right  Certificate  of like tenor to the Rights Agent for


<PAGE>

countersignature  and  delivery  to the  registered  owned in lieu of the  Right
Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

     Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights.

     (a) The registered  holder of any Right Certificate may exercise the Rights
evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein,  including Sections 7(d)
and  (e),  9(c),  11(a)  and  24) in  whole  or in part at any  time  after  the
Distribution  Date and prior to the Expiration  Date upon surrender of the Right
Certificate,  with the form of election to purchase and the  certificate  on the
reverse side thereof duly executed,  to the Rights Agent at the principal office
or  offices of the Rights  Agent  designated  for such  purpose,  together  with
payment (in lawful money of the United  States of America by certified  check or
bank draft payable to the order of the Company) of the aggregate  Purchase Price
with  respect  to the Rights  then to be  exercised  and an amount  equal to any
applicable transfer tax or other governmental charge.

     (b) Upon  satisfaction  of the  requirements of Section 7(a) and subject to
Section 20(k), the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i)(A) requisition from
any transfer  agent of the  Preferred  Stock (or make  available,  if the Rights
Agent is the transfer agent therefor)  certificates  for the total number of one
one-hundredths  of a share of Preferred  Stock to be purchased  (and the Company
hereby  irrevocably  authorizes  its  transfer  agent  to  comply  with all such
requests)  or (B) if the  Company  shall have  elected to deposit  the shares of
Preferred  Stock  issuable upon exercise of the Rights with a depositary  agent,
requisition  from  the  depositary  receipts  representing  such  number  of one
one-hundredths  of a share of Preferred  Stock as are to be purchased  (in which
case certificates for the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such receipts
shall be  deposited  by the transfer  agent with the  depositary  agent) and the
Company  will  direct the  depositary  agent to comply with such  request,  (ii)
requisition  from the Company the amount of cash,  if any, to be paid in lieu of
issuance of  fractional  shares in  accordance  with  Section 14 and (iii) after
receipt of such certificates or depositary  receipts and cash, if any, cause the
same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right
Certificate (with such certificates or receipts registered in such name or names
as may be  designated  by such  holder).  If the Company is obligated to deliver
Common Stock, other securities or assets pursuant to this Agreement, the Company
will make all  arrangements  necessary so that such other  securities and assets
are  available for delivery by the Rights Agent,  if and when  appropriate.  The
Company  reserves the right to require  prior to the  occurrence of a Triggering
Event that,  upon  exercise of Rights,  a number of Rights be  exercised so that
only whole shares of Preferred Stock would be issued.

     (c) In case the registered  holder of any Right  Certificate shall exercise
less than all the Rights evidenced thereby,  a new Right Certificate  evidencing
the number of Rights remaining  unexercised  shall be issued by the Rights Agent
and  delivered  to, or upon the order of,  the  registered  holder of such Right
Certificate,  registered  in such  name or  names as may be  designated  by such
holder, subject to the provisions of Section 14.


<PAGE>

     (d)  Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement to the contrary,  from and
after the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, any Rights beneficially
owned by (i) an  Acquiring  Person or an  Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring
Person,  (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring  Person (or of any such  Associate or
Affiliate) who becomes a transferee  after the Acquiring  Person becomes such or
(iii)  a  transferee  of an  Acquiring  Person  (or of  any  such  Associate  or
Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently  with the Acquiring
Person  becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer
(whether  or not for  consideration)  from  the  Acquiring  Person  (or any such
Associate or Affiliate) to holders of equity  interests in such Acquiring Person
(or in any such Associate or Affiliate) or to any Person with whom the Acquiring
Person  (or any such  Associate  or  Affiliate)  has any  continuing  agreement,
arrangement or understanding  regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer
which the Continuing Directors have determined is part of a plan, arrangement or
understanding  which has as a primary  purpose or effect the  avoidance  of this
Section  7(d) shall  become null and void  without any  further  action,  and no
holder of such  Rights  shall have any rights  whatsoever  with  respect to such
Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise.  The Company
shall use all  reasonable  efforts to insure that the provisions of this Section
7(d) and Section  4(b) are  complied  with,  but shall have no  liability to any
holder of Right  Certificates or other Person as a result of its failure to make
any  determinations  with respect to an Acquiring  Person or its  Affiliates and
Associates or any transferee of any of them hereunder.

     (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the
Rights Agent nor the Company  shall be  obligated  to undertake  any action with
respect to a registered  holder of Rights upon the  occurrence  of any purported
transfer  pursuant  to Section 6 or exercise  pursuant to this  Section 7 unless
such  registered  holder (i) shall  have  completed  and signed the  certificate
contained in the form of assignment or election to purchase, as the case may be,
set forth on the  reverse  side of the Right  Certificate  surrendered  for such
transfer  or  exercise,  as the case may be,  (ii) shall not have  indicated  an
affirmative response to clause 1 or 2 thereof and (iii) shall have provided such
additional  evidence  of  the  identity  of  the  Beneficial  Owner  (or  former
Beneficial  Owner) or  Affiliates  or  Associates  thereof as the Company  shall
reasonably request.

     Section 8.  Cancellation and Destruction of Right  Certificates.  All Right
Certificates   surrendered   for  exercise,   transfer  or  exchange  shall,  if
surrendered  to the Company or to any of its agents,  be delivered to the Rights
Agent for  cancellation  or in canceled  form,  or, if surrendered to the Rights
Agent,  shall be  canceled by it, and no Right  Certificates  shall be issued in
lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by this Agreement.  The Company shall
deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation, and the Rights Agent shall cancel,
any other Right Certificate  purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than
upon the exercise  thereof.  The Rights Agent shall  deliver all canceled  Right
Certificates to the Company.


<PAGE>

     Section 9. Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock.

     (a) The Company  covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and
kept available a number of shares of Preferred Stock which are  authorized,  but
not  outstanding  or otherwise  reserved for issuance  sufficient  to permit the
exercise in full, of all outstanding Rights as provided in this Agreement.

     (b) So long as the Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of Rights may
be listed on any national  securities  exchange,  the Company shall use its best
efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, all
securities  reserved for such  issuance to be listed on any such  exchange  upon
official notice of issuance upon such exercise.

     (c) The  Company  shall  use  its  best  efforts  (i) to  file,  as soon as
practicable  following  the  earliest  date  after the  occurrence  of a Section
11(a)(ii)  Event as of which the  consideration  to be  delivered by the Company
upon  exercise of the Rights has been  determined  in  accordance  with  Section
11(a)(iii), or as soon as is required by law following the Distribution Date, as
the case may be, a registration  statement under the Securities Act with respect
to the  securities  issuable  upon  exercise of the  Rights,  (ii) to cause such
registration  statement to become  effective as soon as  practicable  after such
filing and (iii) to cause such registration  statement to remain effective (with
a prospectus at all times meeting the  requirements of the Securities Act) until
the earlier of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for
such  securities  and (B) the  Expiration  Date. The Company will also take such
action as may be appropriate under, or to ensure compliance with, the securities
or blue sky laws of the various states in connection with the  exercisability of
the Rights.  The Company may  temporarily  suspend,  for a period of time not to
exceed 90 days after the date set forth in clause (i) of the first  sentence  of
this Section 9(c), the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file
such  registration  statement and permit it to become  effective.  Upon any such
suspension,  the Company  shall  issue a public  announcement  stating  that the
exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public
announcement   at  such  time  as  the   suspension  is  no  longer  in  effect.
Notwithstanding any such provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights
shall not be  exercisable  for securities in any  jurisdiction  if the requisite
qualification in such jurisdiction  shall not have been obtained,  such exercise
therefor shall not be permitted under applicable law or a registration statement
in respect of such securities shall not have been declared effective.

     (d) The Company  covenants  and agrees that it will take all such action as
may be necessary to insure that all one  one-hundredths  of a share of Preferred
Stock  issuable upon  exercise of Rights  shall,  at the time of delivery of the
certificates for such securities  (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be
duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

     (e) The Company further  covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and
payable  any and all  federal and state  transfer  taxes and other  governmental


<PAGE>

charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right
Certificates  and of any  certificates  for Preferred Stock upon the exercise of
Rights.  The Company shall not, however,  be required to pay any transfer tax or
other  governmental  charge  which may be payable  in  respect  of any  transfer
involved  in the  issuance  or  delivery  of any  Right  Certificates  or of any
certificates for Preferred Stock to a person other than the registered holder of
the applicable Right  Certificate,  and prior to any such transfer,  issuance or
delivery any such tax or other  governmental  charge shall have been paid by the
holder  of such  Right  Certificate  or it shall  have been  established  to the
Company's satisfaction that no such tax or other governmental charge is due.

     Section 10.  Preferred  Stock  Record  Date.  Each  Person  (other than the
Company) in whose name any  certificate  for Preferred  Stock is issued upon the
exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of
record of such  Preferred  Stock  represented  thereby on, and such  certificate
shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights
was duly  surrendered  and payment of the Purchase Price (and any transfer taxes
or other  governmental  charges)  was  made;  provided  that if the date of such
surrender  and  payment is a date upon which the  transfer  books of the Company
relating to the Preferred Stock are closed,  such Person shall be deemed to have
become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated,
the next succeeding  Business Day on which the applicable  transfer books of the
Company are open.  Prior to the exercise of the Rights  evidenced  thereby,  the
holder  of a  Right  Certificate  shall  not  be  entitled  to any  rights  of a
shareholder  of the Company with respect to shares for which the Rights shall be
exercisable,  including  without  limitation  the  right  to  vote,  to  receive
dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall
not be entitled to receive any notice of any  proceedings  of the Company except
as provided herein.

     Section  11.  Adjustment  of Purchase  Price,  Number and Kind of Shares or
Number of Rights.

     (a) (i) If the Company  shall at any time after the date of this  Agreement
(A) pay a dividend on the Preferred Stock payable in shares of Preferred  Stock,
(B) subdivide the  outstanding  Preferred Stock into a greater number of shares,
(C) combine the outstanding  Preferred Stock into a smaller number of shares, or
(D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred
Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or
merger involving the Company), the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to
the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such  subdivision,
combination or reclassification,  and the number and kind of shares of Preferred
Stock or other  capital  stock  issuable  on such date shall be  proportionately
adjusted  so that each  holder of a Right shall  (except as  otherwise  provided
herein,  including  pursuant to Section 7(d)) thereafter be entitled to receive,
upon exercise thereof at the Purchase Price in effect  immediately prior to such
date,  the  aggregate  number  and kind of  shares of  Preferred  Stock or other
capital  stock,  as the case may be,  which,  if such  Right had been  exercised
immediately prior to such date and at a time when the applicable  transfer books
of the Company were open,  such holder


<PAGE>

would have been  entitled to receive  upon such  exercise  and by virtue of such
dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification. If an event occurs which
requires an adjustment under both this Section  11(a)(i) and Section  11(a)(ii),
the  adjustment  provided for in this Section  11(a)(i) shall be in addition to,
and  shall be made  prior  to,  any  adjustment  required  pursuant  to  Section
11(a)(ii).

     (ii) If any Person,  alone or together with its Affiliates and  Associates,
shall, at any time after the date of this Agreement, become an Acquiring Person,
then  proper  provision  shall  promptly  be made so that each holder of a Right
shall (except as otherwise provided herein,  including pursuant to Section 7(d))
thereafter be entitled to receive,  upon exercise  thereof at the Purchase Price
in effect  immediately  prior to the  first  occurrence  of a Section  11(a)(ii)
Event,  in lieu of  Preferred  Stock,  such number of duly  authorized,  validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock of the Company (such
shares being referred to herein as the "Adjustment Shares") as shall be equal to
the result obtained by dividing

          (A) the product  obtained by multiplying  the Purchase Price in effect
     immediately  prior to the first occurrence of a Section  11(a)(ii) Event by
     the number of one  one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a
     Right was  exercisable  immediately  prior to such first  occurrence  (such
     product being thereafter referred to as the "Purchase Price" for each Right
     and for all purposes of this Agreement) by

          (B) 50% of the current  market price  (determined  pursuant to Section
     11(d)(i)) per share of Common Stock on the date of such first occurrence;

provided that if the transaction that would otherwise give rise to the foregoing
adjustment  is also  subject  to the  provisions  of Section  13,  then only the
provisions of Section 13 shall apply and no adjustment shall be made pursuant to
this Section 11(a)(ii).

     (iii) If the number of shares of Common Stock which are  authorized  by the
Company's  Articles  of  Incorporation,  but not  outstanding  or  reserved  for
issuance other than upon exercise of the Rights, is not sufficient to permit the
exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii), the Company
shall, with respect to each Right, make adequate provision to substitute for the
Adjustment  Shares,  upon payment of the Purchase Price then in effect,  (A) (to
the extent available) Common Stock and then, (B) (to the extent available) other
equity  securities of the Company which a majority of the  Continuing  Directors
has determined to be essentially equivalent to shares of Common Stock in respect
to dividend,  liquidation and voting rights (such  securities  being referred to
herein as "common stock  equivalents") and then, if necessary,  (C) other equity
or debt  securities  of the Company,  cash or other  assets,  a reduction in the
Purchase Price or any  combination of the foregoing,  having an aggregate  value
(as determined by the Continuing Directors based upon the advice of a nationally
recognized  investment banking firm selected by the Continuing  Directors) equal
to the value of the  Adjustment  Shares;  provided that (x) the Company may, and
(y) if the Company shall not have made


<PAGE>

adequate  provision as required above, to deliver value within 30 days following
the later of the first  occurrence  of a Section  11(a)(ii)  Event and the first
date that the right to redeem the Rights  pursuant  to Section 23 shall  expire,
then the Company shall be obligated to deliver,  upon the surrender for exercise
of a Right and without  requiring  payment of the  Purchase  Price,  (1) (to the
extent  available)  Common Stock and then (2) (to the extent  available)  common
stock equivalents and then, if necessary, (3) other equity or debt securities of
the Company, cash or other assets or any combination of the foregoing, having an
aggregate value (as determined by the Continuing Directors based upon the advice
of a nationally  recognized  investment  banking firm selected by the Continuing
Directors)  equal to the excess of the value of the  Adjustment  Shares over the
Purchase  Price.  If the Continuing  Directors of the Company shall determine in
good faith that it is likely that sufficient  additional  shares of Common Stock
could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, the 30 day
period set forth above (such period,  as it may be extended,  being  referred to
herein as the  "Substitution  Period") may be extended to the extent  necessary,
but not more than 90 days following the first occurrence of a Section  11(a)(ii)
Event,  in  order  that  the  Company  may  seek  shareholder  approval  for the
authorization  of  such  additional  shares.  To the  extent  that  the  Company
determines  that some action is to be taken  pursuant to the first and/or second
sentence of this Section 11(a)(iii),  the Company (X) shall provide,  subject to
Section 7(d), that such action shall apply  uniformly to all outstanding  Rights
and (Y) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the
Substitution  Period in order to seek any  authorization  of  additional  shares
and/or to decide  the  appropriate  form and  value of any  consideration  to be
delivered  as  referred to in such first  and/or  second  sentence.  If any such
suspension  occurs, the Company shall issue a public  announcement  stating that
the  exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily  suspended,  as well as a
public  announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect.  For
purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii),  the value of the Common Stock shall be the
current  market  price per share of Common  Stock  (as  determined  pursuant  to
Section  11(d)) on the later of the date of the  first  occurrence  of a Section
11(a)(ii)  Event and the first date that the right to redeem the Rights pursuant
to Section 23 shall expire;  any common stock equivalent shall be deemed to have
the  same  value  as the  Common  Stock  on such  date;  and the  value of other
securities or assets shall be determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(iii).

     (b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights,
options  or  warrants  to all  holders  of  Preferred  Stock  entitling  them to
subscribe for or purchase (for a period  expiring  within 45 calendar days after
such  record  date)  Preferred  Stock (or  securities  having  the same  rights,
privileges  and  preferences  as the  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  ("equivalent
preferred  stock")) or securities  convertible into or exercisable for Preferred
Stock (or equivalent  preferred  stock) at a price per share of Preferred  Stock
(or equivalent  preferred stock) (in each case, taking account of any conversion
or exercise price) less than the current market price (as determined pursuant to
Section  11(d)) per share of Preferred  Stock on such record date,  the Purchase
Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by  multiplying
the Purchase Price in effect  immediately prior to such date by a fraction,  the
numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock  outstanding
on such  record  date,  plus the number of


<PAGE>

shares of  Preferred  Stock which the  aggregate  price  (taking  account of any
conversion or exercise  price) of the total number of shares of Preferred  Stock
(and/or  equivalent  preferred  stock) so to be offered  would  purchase at such
current market price and the  denominator of which shall be the number of shares
of Preferred Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional
shares of Preferred Stock (and/or equivalent  preferred stock) so to be offered.
In case such subscription price may be paid by delivery of consideration part or
all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration
shall be as  determined  in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company,
whose  determination  shall be  described  in a statement  filed with the Rights
Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.  Shares of Preferred Stock owned
by or held for the account of the Company  shall not be deemed  outstanding  for
the purpose of any such computation.  Such adjustment shall be made successively
whenever  such a record date is fixed,  and if such rights,  options or warrants
are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price
which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

     (c) In case the  Company  shall  fix a  record  date  for the  making  of a
distribution to all holders of Preferred Stock (including any such  distribution
made in  connection  with a  consolidation  or merger  involving the Company) of
evidences of indebtedness,  equity securities other than Preferred Stock, assets
(other than a regular  periodic  cash  dividend  out of the earnings or retained
earnings  of the  Company)  or rights,  options  or  warrants  (excluding  those
referred to in Section  11(b)),  the  Purchase  Price to be in effect after such
record date shall be  determined  by  multiplying  the Purchase  Price in effect
immediately  prior to such  record date by a fraction,  the  numerator  of which
shall be the current market price (as determined  pursuant to Section 11(d)) per
share of  Preferred  Stock on such record  date,  less the value (as  determined
pursuant  to Section  11(d)(iii))  of such  evidences  of  indebtedness,  equity
securities,  assets,  rights,  options or  warrants  so to be  distributed  with
respect to one share of Preferred  Stock and the  denominator  of which shall be
such current market price per share of Preferred Stock. Such adjustment shall be
made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and if such distribution
is not so made,  the Purchase  Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase  Price
which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

     (d)  (i)  For  the  purpose  of  any   computation   hereunder  other  than
computations  made  pursuant to Section  11(a)(iii)  or 14, the "current  market
price" per share of Common  Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the  average
of the  daily  closing  prices  per  share  of  such  Common  Stock  for  the 30
consecutive  Trading  Days  immediately  prior to such  date;  for  purposes  of
computations made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii), the "current market price" per
share of Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily
closing  prices per share of such Common  Stock for the 10  consecutive  Trading
Days  immediately  following  such date; and for purposes of  computations  made
pursuant to Section 14, the "current market price" per share of Common Stock for
any  Trading  Day shall be deemed  to be the  closing  price per share of Common
Stock for such Trading Day;  provided that if the current market price per share
of the Common Stock is determined  during a period following the announcement by
the issuer of such Common Stock of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Common
Stock  payable in shares of such Common Stock or securities  exercisable  for or
convertible into shares of such Common Stock (other than the Rights), or (B) any
subdivision,  combination or reclassification of such Common Stock, and prior to
the expiration of the requisite 30 Trading Day or 10 Trading Day period,  as set
forth above,  after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or  distribution,  or
the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and
in each case, the "current market price" shall be properly adjusted to take into
account  ex-dividend  trading.  The closing price for each day shall be the last
sale price,  regular  way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the
average of the  closing  bid and asked  prices,  regular  way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect
to securities  listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock  Exchange or,
if the shares of Common  Stock are not listed or  admitted to trading on the New
York Stock Exchange,  on the principal national securities exchange on which the
shares of Common  Stock are listed or  admitted  to trading or, if the shares of
Common  Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any  national  securities
exchange,  the last quoted  price or, if not so quoted,  the average of the high
bid and low asked  prices in the  over-the-counter  market,  as  reported by the
National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  Automated  Quotation System
("NASDAQ")  or such other  system then in use or, if on any such date the shares
of Common  Stock are not  quoted by any such  organization,  the  average of the
closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional  market maker making
a market in the Common Stock  selected by the Board of Directors of the Company,
or, if at the time of such selection there is an Acquiring Person, by a majority
of the  Continuing  Directors.  If on any such date no market  maker is making a
market  in the  Common  Stock,  the fair  value of such  shares  on such date as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (or, if at the
time of such  determination  there is an Acquiring  Person, by a majority of the
Continuing Directors) shall be used. If the Common Stock is not publicly held or
not so listed or traded,  the  "current  market  price" per share means the fair
value per share as  determined  in good faith by the Board of  Directors  of the
Company,  or, if at the time of such determination there is an Acquiring Person,
by a  majority  of the  Continuing  Directors,  or if  there  are no  Continuing
Directors,  by a nationally  recognized  investment banking firm selected by the
Board of Directors,  which determination shall be described in a statement filed
with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

     (ii) For the purpose of any  computation  hereunder,  the  "current  market
price" per share of Preferred  Stock shall be  determined  in the same manner as
set forth above for the Common  Stock in Section  11(d)(i)  (other then the last
sentence  thereof).  If the current  market price per share of  Preferred  Stock
cannot be  determined  in such manner,  the "current  market price" per share of
Preferred  Stock shall be  conclusively  deemed to be an amount equal to 100 (as
such number may be appropriately adjusted for such events as stock splits, stock
dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock occurring after
the date of this Agreement)  multiplied by the current market price per share of
Common Stock (as determined  pursuant to Section  11(d)(i)  (other than the last
sentence  thereof)).  If neither  the Common  Stock nor the  Preferred


<PAGE>

Stock is publicly  held or so listed or traded,  the "current  market price" per
share of the Preferred Stock shall be determined in the same manner as set forth
in the last sentence of Section  11(d)(i).  For all purposes of this  Agreement,
the "current  market price" of one  one-hundredth  of a share of Preferred Stock
shall be equal to the "current  market  price" of one share of  Preferred  Stock
divided by 100.

     (iii)  For the  purpose  of any  computation  hereunder,  the  value of any
securities  or assets other than Common  Stock or  Preferred  Stock shall be the
fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company,
or, if at the time of such  determination  there is an  Acquiring  Person,  by a
majority  of the  Continuing  Directors  then in  office,  or,  if there  are no
Continuing  Directors,  by  a  nationally  recognized  investment  banking  firm
selected by the Board of Directors,  which determination shall be described in a
statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

     (e) Anything herein to the contrary  notwithstanding,  no adjustment in the
Purchase  Price  shall be  required  unless  such  adjustment  would  require an
increase or decrease of at least 1% in the  Purchase  Price;  provided  that any
adjustments  which by reason of this  Section  11(e) are not required to be made
shall be carried  forward and taken into account in any  subsequent  adjustment.
All  calculations  under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to
the  nearest  ten-thousandth  of a share  of  Common  Stock  or  other  share or
one-millionth of a share of Preferred Stock, as the case may be.

     (f) If at any time, as a result of an  adjustment  made pursuant to Section
11(a)(ii) or Section 13(a), the holder of any Right shall be entitled to receive
upon  exercise or such Right any shares of capital  stock  other than  Preferred
Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of
any Right and the Purchase  Price  thereof shall be subject to adjustment to the
provisions with respect to the Preferred Stock contained in Section 11(a),  (b),
(c), (e), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k) and (m), and the  provisions of Sections 7, 9,
10, 13 and 14 with respect to the  Preferred  Stock shall apply on like terms to
any such other shares.

     (g)  All  Rights  originally  issued  by  the  Company  subsequent  to  any
adjustment made hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase,  at the Purchase
Price then in effect,  the then  applicable  number of one  one-hundredths  of a
share of Preferred  Stock and other capital  stock of the Company  issuable from
time to time  hereunder  upon exercise of the Rights,  all subject to further as
provided herein.

     (h) Unless the Company  shall have  exercised  its  election as provided in
Section  11(i),  upon each  adjustment of the Purchase  Price as a result of the
calculations made in Section 11(b) and (c), each Right  outstanding  immediately
prior to the making of such adjustment  shall  thereafter  evidence the right to
purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one one-hundredths of a
share of Preferred Stock (calculated to the nearest  one-millionth)  obtained by
(i)  multiplying  (x) the  number of one  one-hundredths  of a share for which a
Right was exercisable  immediately  prior to this adjustment by (y)


<PAGE>

the  Purchase  Price and (ii)  dividing  the product so obtained by the Purchase
Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.

     (i) The  Company  may elect on or after the date of any  adjustment  of the
Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights,  in lieu of any adjustment in the
number of one  one-hundredths  of a share of Preferred  Stock  issuable upon the
exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the
number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one  one-hundredths of a
share of  Preferred  Stock for which  such Right was  exercisable  prior to such
adjustment.  Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of
Rights  shall  become  that  number  of  Rights   (calculated   to  the  nearest
ten-thousandth)  obtained by dividing the Purchase  Price in effect  immediately
prior to  adjustment  of the  Purchase  Price by the  Purchase  Price in  effect
immediately  after  adjustment of the Purchase  Price.  The Company shall make a
public  announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights,  indicating
the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the
adjustment  to be made.  This record date may be the date on which the  Purchase
Price is adjusted or any day  thereafter,  but, if the Right  Certificates  have
been  issued,  shall  be at  least 10 days  later  than  the date of the  public
announcement.  If the Right Certificates have been issued,  upon each adjustment
of the number of Rights  pursuant to this Section 11(i),  the Company shall,  as
promptly as  practicable,  cause to be distributed to holders of record of Right
Certificates  on such  record  date Right  Certificates  evidencing,  subject to
Section 14, the  additional  Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a
result of such adjustment,  or, at the option of the Company,  shall cause to be
distributed to such holders of record in  substitution  and  replacement for the
Right  Certificates  held by such holders prior to the date of  adjustment,  and
upon  surrender  thereof,  if required by the  Company,  new Right  Certificates
evidencing  all the Rights to which such  holders  shall be entitled  after such
adjustment.  Right  Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued,  executed
and countersigned in the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option
of the Company,  the adjusted  Purchase  Price) and shall be  registered  in the
names  of the  holders  of  record  of Right  Certificates  on the  record  date
specified in the public announcement.

     (j)  Irrespective  of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the
number of one  one-hundredths  of a share of Preferred  Stock  issuable upon the
exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued
may continue to express the Purchase Price per one  one-hundredth of a share and
the number of shares  which were  expressed  in the initial  Right  Certificates
issued hereunder.

     (k) Before  taking any action that would cause an  adjustment  reducing the
Purchase Price below the par value, if any, of the number of one  one-hundredths
of a share of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights,  the Company
shall take any  corporate  action which may, in the opinion of its  counsel,  be
necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and
nonassessable such number of one one-hundredths of a share of Preferred Stock at
such adjusted Purchase Price.


<PAGE>

     (l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall  require that an  adjustment
in the  Purchase  Price be made  effective  as of a record  date for a specified
event,  the Company may elect to defer  until the  occurrence  of such event the
issuance to the holder of any Right  exercised after such record date the number
of one  one-hundredths  of a share of Preferred  Stock or other capital stock of
the Company,  if any,  issuable  upon such exercise over and above the number of
one  one-hundredths  of a share of Preferred Stock or other capital stock of the
Company,  if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price
in effect prior to such  adjustment;  provided that the Company shall deliver to
such holder a due bill or other appropriate  instrument evidencing such holder's
right to  receive  such  additional  shares  upon the  occurrence  of the  event
requiring such adjustment.

     (m)  Anything  in this  Section  11 to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the
Company  shall be entitled to make such  reductions  in the Purchase  Price,  in
addition to those adjustments  expressly  required by this Section 11, as and to
the extent that it, in its sole  discretion,  shall determine to be advisable in
order that any  consolidation  or subdivision of the Preferred  Stock,  issuance
wholly for cash of any  Preferred  Stock at less than the current  market price,
issuance wholly for cash of Preferred  Stock or securities  which by their terms
are  convertible  into or exercisable  for Preferred  Stock,  stock dividends or
issuance  of  rights,  options  or  warrants  referred  to in this  Section  11,
hereafter made by the Company to the holders of its Preferred  Stock,  shall not
be taxable to such shareholders.

     (n) The Company covenants and agrees that it will not at any time after the
Distribution Date (i) consolidate,  merge or otherwise combine with or (ii) sell
or  otherwise  transfer  (and/or  permit  any of its  Subsidiaries  to  sell  or
otherwise  transfer),  in one  transaction or a series of related  transactions,
assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power
of the Company and its  Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,  to any other Person or
Persons if (x) at the time of or immediately after such  consolidation,  merger,
combination  or sale there are any  rights,  warrants  or other  instruments  or
securities  outstanding or any agreements or  arrangements in effect which would
substantially  diminish  or  otherwise  eliminate  the  benefits  intended to be
afforded by the Rights or (y) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after
such  consolidation,  merger,  combination or sale, the shareholders of a Person
who constitutes,  or would constitute, the "Principal Party" for the purposes of
Section 13 shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such
Person or any of its Affiliates and Associates.

     (o) The Company  covenants and agrees that after the Distribution  Date, it
will not,  except as  permitted  by Sections  23, 24 and 27, take (or permit any
Subsidiary  to take)  any  action  if at the  time  such  action  is taken it is
reasonably foreseeable that such action will substantially diminish or otherwise
eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.


<PAGE>

     (p) Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement to the contrary,  if at any
time after the date of this  Agreement  and prior to the  Distribution  Date the
Company  shall (i) pay a  dividend  on the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock
payable in shares of Common Stock,  (ii) subdivide the outstanding  Common Stock
into a larger  number of shares or (iii)  combine the  outstanding  Common Stock
into a smaller number of shares, the number of Rights associated with each share
of  Common  Stock  then  outstanding,  or  issued  or  delivered  thereafter  as
contemplated  by Section  3(c),  shall be  proportionately  adjusted so that the
number of Rights thereafter associated with each share of Common Stock following
any such event shall  equal the result  obtained  by  multiplying  the number of
Rights  associated  with each share of Common  Stock  immediately  prior to such
event by a fraction  the  numerator of which shall be the total number of shares
of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and
the  denominator  of which shall be the total  number of shares of Common  Stock
outstanding immediately following the occurrence of such event.

     Section 12.  Certificate  of Adjusted  Purchase  Price or Number of Shares.
Whenever  an  adjustment  is made as provided in Sections 11 and 13, the Company
shall (a) promptly  prepare a certificate  setting forth such  adjustment  and a
brief statement of the facts accounting for such  adjustment,  (b) promptly file
with the Rights Agent and with each transfer  agent for the Preferred  Stock and
the Common Stock a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof
to each holder of a Right Certificate (or, if prior to the Distribution Date, to
each holder of a certificate  representing shares of Common Stock) in the manner
set forth in Section 26. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on
any such certificate and on any adjustment therein contained.

     Section 13. Consolidation,  Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning
Power.

     (a) If, following the Stock Acquisition Date, directly or indirectly,

          (x) the Company  shall  consolidate  with,  merge into,  or  otherwise
     combine with, any other Person, and the Company shall not be the continuing
     or surviving corporation of such consolidation, merger or combination,

          (y) any Person  shall merge  into,  or  otherwise  combine  with,  the
     Company,  and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving  corporation
     of such  merger or  combination  and,  in  connection  with such  merger or
     combination, all or part of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be
     changed into or exchanged  for other stock or  securities of the Company or
     any other Person, cash or any other property, or

          (z) the Company and/or one or more of its  Subsidiaries  shall sell or
     otherwise transfer, in one transaction or a series of related transactions,
     assets or earning power  aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning
     power


<PAGE>

     of the Company and its Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, to any other Person
     or Persons,

then, and in each such case, proper provision shall promptly be made so that

          (1) each  holder of a Right shall  thereafter  be entitled to receive,
     upon exercise thereof at the Purchase Price in effect  immediately prior to
     the  first  occurrence  of  any  Triggering  Event,  such  number  of  duly
     authorized,  validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable shares of freely
     tradeable Common Stock of the Principal Party (as hereinafter defined), not
     subject  to any rights of call of first  refusal,  liens,  encumbrances  or
     other claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained by dividing

               (A) the product  obtained by  multiplying  the Purchase  Price in
          effect  immediately  prior to the first  occurrence of any  Triggering
          Event by the  number  of one  one-hundredths  of a share of  Preferred
          Stock  for  which a Right was  exercisable  immediately  prior to such
          first  occurrence  (such product being  thereafter  referred to as the
          "Purchase  Price"  for  each  Right  and  for  all  purposes  of  this
          Agreement) by

               (B) 50% of the  current  market  price  (determined  pursuant  to
          Section  11(d)(i))  per share of the  Common  Stock of such  Principal
          Party  on the  date of  consummation  of such  consolidation,  merger,
          combination, sale or transfer;

          (2) the  Principal  Party shall  thereafter  be liable for,  and shall
     assume,  by  virtue of such  consolidation,  merger,  combination,  sale or
     transfer,  all the obligations  and duties of the Company  pursuant to this
     Agreement;

          (3) the term  "Company"  shall  thereafter  be deemed to refer to such
     Principal  Party,  it being  specifically  intended that the  provisions of
     Section 11 shall apply only to such  Principal  Party  following  the first
     occurrence of a Section 13 Event; and

          (4)  such  Principal  Party  shall  take  such  steps  (including  the
     authorization  and  reservation  of a  sufficient  number  of shares of its
     Common Stock to permit  exercise of all  outstanding  Rights in  accordance
     with this Section 13(a)) in connection  with the  consummation  of any such
     transaction as may be necessary to assure that the provisions  hereof shall
     thereafter be  applicable,  as nearly as reasonably  may be, in relation to
     the shares of its Common Stock thereafter  deliverable upon the exercise of
     the Rights.

     (b) "Principal Party" means

          (i) in the case of any  transaction  described in Section  13(a)(x) or
     (y), the Person that is the issuer of any  securities  into which shares of
     Common


<PAGE>

     Stock  of the  Company  are  converted  in such  merger,  consolidation  or
     combination,  and if no securities are so issued,  the Person that survives
     or results from such merger, consolidation or combination; and

          (ii) in the case of any transaction described in Section 13(a)(z), the
     Person that is the party  receiving  the greatest  portion of the assets or
     earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions;

provided that in any such case, (A) if the Common Stock of such Person is not at
such  time and has not been  continuously  over the  preceding  12-month  period
registered  under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and such Person is a direct or
indirect  Subsidiary of another Person the Common Stock of which is and has been
so registered,  "Principal  Party" shall refer to such other Person;  and (B) in
case such  Person is a  Subsidiary,  directly  or  indirectly,  of more than one
Person,  the  Common  Stocks  of two or  more of  which  are  and  have  been so
registered,  "Principal  Party"  shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the
issuer of the Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value.

     (c) The  Company  shall  not  consummate  any such  consolidation,  merger,
combination, sale or transfer unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient
number of  authorized  shares of its Common Stock which are not  outstanding  or
otherwise  reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in
accordance  with this Section 13 and unless  prior  thereto the Company and such
Principal  Party  shall  have  executed  and  delivered  to the  Rights  Agent a
supplemental  agreement  providing  for the terms set forth in Section 13(a) and
(b)  and  providing  that,  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  date  of  any
consolidation, merger, combination, sale or transfer mentioned in Section 13(a),
the Principal Party will

          (i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act
     with respect to the  securities  issuable upon exercise of the Rights,  and
     will use its best  efforts  to cause  such  registration  statement  (A) to
     become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (B) to remain
     effective  (with a prospectus at all times meeting the  requirements of the
     Securities Act) until the Expiration Date and

          (ii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical  financial statements
     for the  Principal  Party and each of its  Affiliates  which  comply in all
     respects  with the  requirements  for  registration  on Form 10  under  the
     Exchange Act.

The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly  apply to successive  mergers,
consolidations,  combinations, sales or other transfers. If any Section 13 Event
shall occur at any time after the occurrence of a Section  11(a)(ii)  Event, the
Rights  which  have not  theretofore  been  exercised  shall  thereafter  become
exercisable in the manner described in Section 13(a).


<PAGE>

          Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.

     (a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights,  except
prior to the  Distribution  Date as provided in Section 11(p),  or to distribute
Right  Certificates  which  evidence  fractional  Rights.  In lieu  of any  such
fractional  Rights, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of the Right
Certificates,  with regard to which such  fractional  Rights would  otherwise be
issuable,  an amount in cash equal to the same  fraction of the  current  market
price of a whole Right.  For purposes of this Section 14(a),  the current market
price of a whole Right shall be the closing price of a Right for the Trading Day
immediately  prior to the date on which such  fractional  Rights would otherwise
have been  issuable.  The closing price of a Right for any day shall be the last
sale price,  regular  way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the
average of the  closing  bid and asked  prices,  regular  way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect
to securities  listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock  Exchange or,
if the  Rights  are not  listed or  admitted  to  trading  on the New York Stock
Exchange,  on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are
listed or  admitted  to trading  or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to
trading on any national securities  exchange,  the last quoted price, or, if not
so  quoted,   the  average  of  the  high  bid  and  low  asked  prices  in  the
over-the-counter  market, as reported by NASDAQ or such other system then in use
or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization,  the
average of the  closing  bid and asked  prices as  furnished  by a  professional
market maker making a market in the Rights selected by the Board of Directors of
the Company,  or, if at the time of such selection there is an Acquiring Person,
by a majority of the  Continuing  Directors.  If on any such date no such market
maker is making a market in the Rights, the current market price of the Right on
such date shall be as  determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company,  or, if at the time of such determination there is an Acquiring Person,
by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

     (b) The  Company  shall not be  required  to issue  fractions  of shares of
Preferred Stock (other than fractions  which are multiples of one  one-hundredth
of a share of  Preferred  Stock) upon  exercise  of the Rights or to  distribute
certificates  which evidence  fractional  shares of Preferred  Stock (other than
fractions  which are  multiples  of one  one-hundredth  of a share of  Preferred
Stock).  In lieu of any such fractional  shares of Preferred  Stock, the Company
shall  pay to the  registered  holders  of Right  Certificates  at the time such
Rights  are  exercised  as herein  provided  an amount in cash equal to the same
fraction  of the  current  market  price  of one  one-hundredth  of a  share  of
Preferred Stock. For purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market price of
one  one-hundredth  of a share of Preferred Stock shall be one  one-hundredth of
the  closing  price of a share of  Preferred  Stock (as  determined  pursuant to
Section  11(d))  for the  Trading  Day  immediately  prior  to the  date of such
exercise.

     (c) Following the occurrence of any  Triggering  Event or upon any exchange
pursuant to Section 24, the Company shall not be required to issue  fractions of
shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates
which


<PAGE>

evidence  fractional  shares of Common Stock.  In lieu of  fractional  shares of
Common  Stock,  the  Company  shall  pay  to the  registered  holders  of  Right
Certificates  at the time such  Rights  are  exercised  or  exchanged  as herein
provided  an amount in cash equal to the same  fraction  of the  current  market
price of a share of Common  Stock.  For  purposes  of this  Section  14(c),  the
current  market price of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing price of a
share of Common  Stock (as  determined  pursuant  to Section  11(d)(i))  for the
Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise or exchange.

     (d) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right  expressly  waives
his right to  receive  any  fractional  Rights  or any  fractional  shares  upon
exercise of a Right except as permitted by this Section 14.

     Section  15.  Rights of  Action.  All  rights of action in  respect of this
Agreement  are  vested  in  the  respective  registered  holders  of  the  Right
Certificates  (and,  prior to the Distribution  Date, the registered  holders of
certificates  representing Common Stock); and any registered holder of any Right
Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of any certificate representing
Common  Stock),  without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any
Right  Certificate  (or,  prior to the  Distribution  Date,  of any  certificate
representing  Common  Stock),  may,  in his own behalf and for his own  benefit,
enforce,  any may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding  against
the Company to enforce,  or  otherwise  act in respect of, his right to exercise
the Rights  evidenced by such Right  Certificate in the manner  provided in such
Right  Certificate and in this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing or any
remedies  available to the holders of Rights,  it is  specifically  acknowledged
that the  holders  of Rights  would not have an  adequate  remedy at law for any
breach of this  Agreement  and will be entitled to specific  performance  of the
obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations
of the obligations of, any Person subject to this Agreement.

     Section  16.  Agreement  of  Right  Holders.  Every  holder  of a Right  by
accepting the same consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and
with every other holder of a Right that:

     (a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in
connection with the transfer of Common Stock;

     (b) after the  Distribution  Date, the Right  Certificates are transferable
only on the registry  books of the Rights Agent if  surrendered at the principal
office or  offices  of the  Rights  Agent  designated  for such  purposes,  duly
endorsed  or  accompanied  by a  proper  instrument  of  transfer  and  with the
appropriate forms and certificates fully executed;

     (c) subject to Sections 6 and 7, the Company and the Rights  Agent may deem
and  treat  the  Person  in whose  name a Right  Certificate  (or,  prior to the
Distribution  Date,  a  certificate  representing  shares  of  Common  Stock) is
registered  as the absolute  owner thereof and of the Rights  evidenced  thereby
(notwithstanding  any


<PAGE>

notations of ownership or writing on the Right  Certificate  or the  certificate
representing shares of Common Stock made by anyone other than the Company or the
Rights  Agent) for all  purposes  whatsoever,  and  neither  the Company not the
Rights Agent, subject to the last sentence of Section 7(d), shall be affected by
any notice to the contrary; and

     (d) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the
Company nor the Rights  Agent shall have any  liability to any holder of a Right
or other Person as a result of its  inability to perform any of its  obligations
under this  Agreement by reason of any  preliminary  or permanent  injunction or
other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent  jurisdiction or by
a  governmental,  regulatory  or  administrative  agency or  commission,  or any
statute,  rule,  regulation  or executive  order  promulgated  or enacted by any
governmental authority prohibiting or otherwise restraining  performance of such
obligation; provided that the Company must use its best efforts to have any such
order, decree or ruling lifted or otherwise overturned as soon as possible.

     Section 17. Right Certificate  Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder.  No holder,
as such, of any Right Certificate  shall be entitled to vote,  receive dividends
or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the shares of capital stock which may
at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented  thereby,  nor
shall  anything  contained  herein or in any Right  Certificate  be construed to
confer upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a
shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or
upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof,  or to give or
withhold  consent to any corporate  action,  or to receive notice of meetings or
other actions affecting  shareholders  (except as provided in Section 25), or to
receive  dividends or  subscription  rights,  or  otherwise,  until the Right or
Rights  evidenced  by such  Right  Certificate  shall  have  been  exercised  in
accordance with the provisions hereof.

     Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent.

     (a) The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent  reasonable  compensation
for all services  rendered by it hereunder  and, from time to time, on demand of
the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and disbursements and
other  disbursements  incurred  in  the  execution  or  administration  of  this
Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder.  The Company
also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless  against,
any loss,  liability,  or expense,  incurred  without  negligence,  bad faith or
willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted
by the Rights Agent in connection with the  administration  of this Agreement or
the exercise or  performance  of its duties  hereunder,  including the costs and
expenses of defending against any claim of liability.

     (b) The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or
in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with the
administration  of this  Agreement or the exercise or  performance of its duties
hereunder in


<PAGE>

reliance upon any Right Certificate or certificate for Common Stock or for other
securities  of the Company,  instrument  of  assignment  or  transfer,  power of
attorney,  endorsement,   affidavit,  letter,  notice,  instruction,  direction,
consent, certificate, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be
genuine  and  to  be  signed,   executed  and,  where  necessary,   verified  or
acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons.

     Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent.

     (a) Any  corporation  into which the Rights Agent or any  successor  Rights
Agent may be merged or with  which it may be  consolidated,  or any  corporation
resulting  from any merger or  consolidation  to which the  Rights  Agent or any
successor  Rights Agent shall be a party, or any  corporation  succeeding to the
corporate trust or stock transfer  business of the Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent,  shall be the  successor to the Rights Agent under this  Agreement
without the  execution  or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto;  provided that such corporation would be eligible for
appointment  as a successor  Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21. In
case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created
by this Agreement,  any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned,
but  not   delivered,   any  such   successor   Rights   Agent   may  adopt  the
countersignature   of  a  predecessor   Rights  Agent  and  deliver  such  Right
Certificates  so  countersigned;  and in  case  at that  time  any of the  Right
Certificates shall not have been  countersigned,  any successor Rights Agent may
countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights
Agent or in the name of the successor  Rights Agent;  and in all such cases such
Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates
and in this Agreement.

     (b) In case at any time the name of the Rights  Agent  shall be changed and
at such time any of the Right  Certificates shall have been  countersigned,  but
not delivered,  the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature  under its prior
name and deliver Right  Certificates so countersigned;  and in case at that time
any of the Right  Certificates  shall not have been  countersigned,  the  Rights
Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its
changed name; and in all such cases such Right  Certificates shall have the full
force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

     Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent.  The Rights Agent undertakes the duties
and  obligations  imposed  by  this  Agreement  upon  the  following  terms  and
conditions,  by all of which the Company and the holders of Right  Certificates,
by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

     (a) The  Rights  Agent may  consult  with legal  counsel  (who may be legal
counsel  for the  Company),  and the opinion of such  counsel  shall be full and
complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken
or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.


<PAGE>

     (b) Whenever in the  performance  of its duties under this  Agreement,  the
Rights  Agent  shall  deem it  necessary  or  desirable  that any fact or matter
(including,  without limitation,  the identity of any "Acquiring Person" and the
determination of "current market price") be proved or established by the Company
prior to taking,  suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder,  such fact
or matter  (unless  other  evidence  in respect  thereof be herein  specifically
prescribed)  may be  deemed  to be  conclusively  proved  and  established  by a
certificate  signed  by the  Chairman  of the  Board,  any  Vice  Chairman,  the
President or any Vice President and by the Secretary or any Assistant  Secretary
of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate  shall be
full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken, suffered or omitted
in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such
certificate.

     (c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own negligence,
bad faith or willful misconduct.

     (d) The  Rights  Agent  shall not be liable  for or by reason of any of the
statements  of fact or  recitals  contained  in this  Agreement  or in the Right
Certificates (except its countersignature  thereof) or be required to verify the
same, but all such  statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been
made by the Company only.

     (e) The Rights  Agent shall not be under any  responsibility  in respect of
the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery  hereof (except the
due  execution  hereof by the Rights  Agent) or in respect  of the  validity  or
execution of any Right Certificate (except its  countersignature  thereof);  nor
shall it be  responsible  for any  breach  by the  Company  of any  covenant  or
condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate;  nor shall it
be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the
Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 7(d)) or any adjustment in the terms of
the Rights  (including  the manner,  method or amount  thereof)  provided for in
Sections 3, 11, 13, 23 or 24, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that
would require any such adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights
evidenced by Right Certificates after actual notice of any such adjustment); nor
shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any  representation  or warranty
as to the  authorization  or  reservation  of any  shares  of  Common  Stock  or
Preferred Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate
or as to whether  any  shares of Common  Stock or  Preferred  Stock  will,  when
issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

     (f) The  Company  agrees that it will  perform,  execute,  acknowledge  and
deliver or cause to be performed, executed,  acknowledged and delivered all such
further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required
by the Rights Agent for the carrying  out or  performing  by the Rights Agent of
the provisions of this Agreement.


<PAGE>

     (g)  The  Rights  Agent  is  hereby   authorized  and  directed  to  accept
instructions  with respect to the  performance of its duties  hereunder from the
Chairman of the Board, a Vice  Chairman,  the President or any Vice President or
the  Secretary or any Assistant  Secretary of the Company,  and to apply to such
officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties,  and it shall
not be liable for any  action  taken,  suffered  or omitted to be taken by it in
good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer.

     (h) The Rights Agent and any shareholder,  director, officer or employee of
the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other  securities
of the Company or become pecuniarily  interested in any transaction in which the
Company  may be  interested,  or  contract  with or lend money to the Company or
otherwise  act as fully and freely as though it were not the Rights  Agent under
this  Agreement.  Nothing  herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in
any other capacity for the Company or for any other Person.

     (i) The Rights  Agent may execute and  exercise any of the rights or powers
hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through
its  attorneys  or  agents,  and the Rights  Agent  shall not be  answerable  or
accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or
agents or for any loss to the Company or to any holders of Rights resulting from
any such act, default, neglect or misconduct,  provided that reasonable care was
exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

     (j) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend
or risk  its own  funds  or  otherwise  incur  any  financial  liability  in the
performance  of any of its duties  hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if
there shall be reasonable  grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or
adequate  indemnification  against  such  risk or  liability  is not  reasonably
assured to it.

     (k) If, with  respect to any Right  Certificate  surrendered  to the Rights
Agent  for  exercise  or  transfer,  the  certificate  attached  to the  form of
assignment or form of election to purchase,  as the cases may be, has either not
been  completed or indicates an  affirmative  response to clause 1 or 2 thereof,
the  Rights  Agent  shall  not take any  further  action  with  respect  to such
requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.

     Section  21.  Change of Rights  Agent.  The Rights  Agent or any  successor
Rights Agent may resign and be discharged  from its duties under this  Agreement
upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent
of the Common Stock and Preferred  Stock by registered or certified  mail,  and,
subsequent to the Distribution Date, to the holders of the Right Certificates by
first-class  mail.  The  Company  may remove the Rights  Agent or any  successor
Rights  Agent upon 30 days'  notice in  writing,  mailed to the Rights  Agent or
successor  Rights Agent,  as the case may be, and to each transfer  agent of the
Common  Stock  and  Preferred  Stock  by  registered  or


<PAGE>

certified mail, and,  subsequent to the Distribution Date, to the holders of the
Right  Certificates by first-class  mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be
removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint
a  successor  to the  Rights  Agent.  If the  Company  shall  fail to make  such
appointment  within a period of 30 days after  giving  notice of such removal or
after it has been notified in writing of such  resignation  or incapacity by the
resigning or incapacitated  Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate
(who shall, with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the
Company),  then the registered  holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any
court of competent  jurisdiction  for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any
successor  Rights  Agent,  whether  appointed by the Company or by such a court,
shall be (a) a corporation  organized and doing  business  under the laws of the
United States or of any state of the United States,  in good standing,  having a
principal  office in the State of New York,  which is authorized under such laws
to  exercise  stock  transfer  or  corporate  trust  powers  and is  subject  to
supervision or  examination  by federal or state  authority and which has at the
time of its  appointment  as Rights  Agent a combined  capital and surplus of at
least  $50,000,000 or (b) an Affiliate of a corporation  described in clause (a)
of this sentence. After appointment,  the successor Rights Agent shall be vested
with the same  powers,  rights,  duties and  responsibilities  as if it had been
originally  named  as  Rights  Agent  without  further  act  or  deed;  but  the
predecessor  Rights  Agent shall  deliver and transfer to the  successor  Rights
Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any
further assurance,  conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later
than the effective date of any such  appointment,  the Company shall file notice
thereof in writing with the predecessor  Rights Agent and each transfer agent of
the Common Stock and the Preferred  Stock,  and,  subsequent to the Distribution
Date,  mail a notice thereof in writing to the  registered  holders of the Right
Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, or any
defect therein,  shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or
removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as
the case may be.

     Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates.  Notwithstanding any of the
provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary,  the Company may,
at its option,  issue new Right  Certificates  evidencing Rights in such form as
may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in
the Purchase  Price and the number or kind or class of shares of stock  issuable
upon  exercise  of the Rights made in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this
Agreement.

     Section 23. Redemption.

     (a) The Board of Directors  of the Company may, at its option,  at any time
prior to the  earlier  of (i) the close of  business  on the tenth day after the
Stock  Acquisition  Date (or such  later date as a  majority  of the  Continuing
Directors  may  designate  prior  to  such  time  as the  Rights  are no  longer
redeemable) and (ii) the Final Expiration Date, redeem all but not less than all
the then  outstanding  Rights at a redemption  price of $.01 per Right,  as such
amount may be appropriately  adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend
or similar  transaction  occurring after the date hereof


<PAGE>

(such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price");
provided that after any Person has become an Acquiring Person, any redemption of
the Rights shall be effective  only if there are  Continuing  Directors  then in
office,  and such  redemption  shall have been  approved  by a majority  of such
Continuing  Directors.   Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Agreement  to  the
contrary,  the Rights shall not be exercisable  after the first  occurrence of a
Section  11(a)(ii)  Event until such time as the  Company's  right of redemption
hereunder has expired.

     (b)  Immediately  upon the action of the Board of  Directors of the Company
electing to redeem the Rights and  without  any  further  action and without any
notice,  the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and thereafter the only
right of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price for each
Right so held.  The  Company  shall  promptly  thereafter  give  notice  of such
redemption  to the Rights  Agent and the holders of the Rights in the manner set
forth in Section 26;  provided  that the failure to give, or any defect in, such
notice  shall not affect the  validity of such  redemption.  Any notice which is
mailed in the manner herein  provided shall be deemed given,  whether or not the
holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method
by which the payment of the Redemption  Price will be made.  Neither the Company
nor any of its  Affiliates  or  Associates  may redeem,  acquire or purchase for
value any Rights at any time in any  manner  other  than that  specifically  set
forth in  Section  23 or 24, and other  than in  connection  with the  purchase,
acquisition  or redemption  of shares of Common Stock prior to the  Distribution
Date.

     Section 24. Exchange.

     (a) At any time after any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, a majority of
the Continuing Directors may, at their option,  exchange all or part of the then
outstanding  and  exercisable  Rights (which shall not include  Rights that have
become void  pursuant to Section 7(d)) for shares of Common Stock at an exchange
ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right,  appropriately adjusted to reflect
any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction  occurring after the date
hereof  (such  exchange  ratio being  hereinafter  referred to as the  "Exchange
Ratio").  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Board of Directors  shall not be
empowered  to  effect  such  exchange  if at any  time  after  the  date of this
Agreement  any Person  (other than the  Company,  any of its  Subsidiaries,  any
employee  benefit plan of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  or any Person
organized,  appointed or established  by the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan), together with all Affiliates and
Associates of such Person,  becomes the  Beneficial  Owner of 50% or more of the
shares of Common Stock then outstanding.

     (b)  Immediately  upon the action of the Continuing  Directors  electing to
exchange any Rights pursuant to Section 24(a) and without any further action and
without  any  notice,  the right to exercise  such  Rights  will  terminate  and
thereafter  the only right of a holder of such Rights  shall be to receive  that
number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of such Rights held by such
holder  multiplied by the Exchange


<PAGE>

Ratio. The Company shall promptly thereafter give notice of such exchange to the
Rights  Agent and the  holders of the Rights to be  exchanged  in the manner set
forth in Section 26;  provided  that the failure to give, or any defect in, such
notice  shall not affect the  validity  of such  exchange.  Any notice  which is
mailed in the manner herein  provided shall be deemed given,  whether or not the
holder  receives the notice.  Each such notice of exchange will state the method
by which the  exchange of the shares of Common Stock for Rights will be effected
and, in the event of any partial  exchange,  the number of Rights  which will be
exchanged.  Any partial  exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number
of Rights  (other than Rights which have become void  pursuant to Section  7(d))
held by each holder of Rights.

     (c) In any  exchange  pursuant  to this  Section  24, the  Company,  at its
option,   may  substitute  common  stock  equivalents  (as  defined  in  Section
11(a)(iii)) for shares of Common Stock  exchangeable for Rights,  at the initial
rate of one  common  stock  equivalent  for  each  share  of  Common  Stock,  as
appropriately  adjusted to reflect  adjustments  in  dividend,  liquidation  and
voting rights of common stock equivalents pursuant to the terms thereof, so that
each common  stock  equivalent  delivered  in lieu of each share of Common Stock
shall have  essentially the same dividend,  liquidation and voting rights as one
share of Common Stock.

     Section 25. Notice of Proposed Actions.

     (a) In case the Company shall propose,  at any time after the  Distribution
Date,  (i) to pay any  dividend  payable in stock of any class to the holders of
Preferred  Stock or to make any other  distribution  to the holders of Preferred
Stock (other than a regular  quarterly cash dividend out of earnings or retained
earnings of the Company), or (ii) to offer to the holders of its Preferred Stock
rights or warrants to  subscribe  for or to purchase  any  additional  shares of
Preferred Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities,  rights
or  options,  or (iii) to effect any  reclassification  of its  Preferred  Stock
(other than a reclassification  involving only the subdivision or combination of
outstanding  shares of Preferred  Stock) or (iv) to effect any  consolidation or
merger with any other  Person,  or to effect and/or to permit one or more of its
Subsidiaries  to effect  any sale or other  transfer,  in one  transaction  or a
series of related transactions, of assets or earning power aggregating more than
50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole,  to any other  Person or  Persons,  or (v) to effect  the  liquidation,
dissolution  or winding up of the Company,  then, in each such case, the Company
shall give to each holder of a Right,  to the extent  feasible and in accordance
with  Section 26, a notice of such  proposed  action,  which  shall  specify the
record date for the purposes of any such dividend,  distribution  or offering of
rights  or   warrants,   or  the  date  on  which  any  such   reclassification,
consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution or winding up is
to take place and the date of participation  therein by the holders of Preferred
Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the
case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least 20 days prior to
the record  date for  determining  holders of the  Preferred  Stock  entitled to
participate in such dividend,  distribution or offering,  and in the case of any


<PAGE>

such  other  action,  at least 20 days  prior to the date of the  taking of such
proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of Preferred
Stock,  whichever  shall be the earlier.  The failure to give notice required by
this Section or any defect  therein shall not affect the legality or validity of
the action taken by the Company or the vote upon any such action.

     (b)  Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement to the contrary,  prior to
the  Distribution  Date a public filing by the Company with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  shall  constitute  sufficient  notice  to the  holders  of
securities of the Company,  including the Rights, for purposes of this Agreement
and no other notice need be given to such holders.

     (c) If a Triggering  Event shall  occur,  then,  in any such case,  (1) the
Company shall as soon as practicable  thereafter give to each holder of a Right,
in accordance  with Section 26, a notice of the occurrence of such event,  which
shall specify the event and the  consequences  of the event to holders of Rights
under  Section  11(a)(ii) or 13, as the case may be, and (2) all  references  in
Section 25(a) to Preferred  Stock shall be deemed  thereafter to refer to Common
Stock or other capital stock, as the case may be.

     Section 26. Notices.  Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be
given or made by the  Rights  Agent or by the  holder  of any Right to or on the
Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail (postage
prepaid) to the address of the Company indicated on the signature page hereof or
such other  address as the Company shall specify in writing to the Rights Agent.
Subject to the provisions of Section 21, any notice or demand authorized by this
Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right to or
on the Rights Agent shall be  sufficiently  given or made if sent by first-class
mail  (postage  prepaid) to the  address of the Rights  Agent  indicated  on the
signature page hereof or such other address as the Rights Agent shall specify in
writing to the Company.  Notices or demands  authorized by this  Agreement to be
given or made by the  Company  or the  Rights  Agent to the  holder of any Right
Certificate  (or,  prior  to  the  Distribution  Date,  to  the  holder  of  any
certificate  representing shares of Common Stock) shall be sufficiently given or
made if sent by first-class mail (postage prepaid) to the address of such holder
shown on the registry books of the Company.

     Section 27. Supplements and Amendments. Prior to the Distribution Date, the
Company and the Rights Agent  shall,  if the Company so directs,  supplement  or
amend any  provision  of this  Agreement  without the approval of any holders of
certificates   representing   shares  of  Common  Stock.   From  and  after  the
Distribution  Date,  the Company and the Rights Agent  shall,  if the Company so
directs,  supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders
of Right  Certificates  in order (a) to cure any  ambiguity,  (b) to  correct or
supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent
with any other  provisions  herein or (c) to change or supplement the provisions
hereof in any manner which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and which
shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of


<PAGE>

Rights  (other than an  Acquiring  Person or an  Affiliate  or  Associate  of an
Acquiring Person). Notwithstanding the foregoing, after any Person has become an
Acquiring  Person,  any supplement or amendment shall be effective only if there
are Continuing  Directors then in office, and such supplement or amendment shall
have been approved by a majority of such Continuing Directors. Upon the delivery
of a certificate  from an  appropriate  officer of the Company which states that
the  proposed  supplement  or  amendment  is in  compliance  with  terms of this
Section,  the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment.  Prior to
the  Distribution  Date,  the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed
coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Stock.

     Section 28. Successors.  All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement
by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to
the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

     Section 29. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors,  etc. For
all  purposes  of this  Agreement,  any  calculation  of the number of shares of
Common Stock  outstanding  at any  particular  time,  including  for purposes of
determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Stock
of which any Person is the Beneficial  Owner,  shall be made in accordance  with
the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i)  under the Exchange Act as in effect on
the date of this Agreement. The Board of Directors of the Company (or, after any
Person has become an Acquiring  Person, a majority of the Continuing  Directors)
shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to
exercise  all  rights  and  powers  specifically  granted to the Board or to the
Company,  or as may be  necessary or  advisable  in the  administration  of this
Agreement, including the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this
Agreement and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the
administration  of this  Agreement  (including  a  determination  to  redeem  or
exchange or not to redeem or exchange the Rights or to amend the Agreement). All
such actions,  calculations,  interpretations and determinations (including, for
purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which
are done or made by the Board (or,  after any  Person  has  become an  Acquiring
Person,  by the  Continuing  Directors)  in  good  faith  shall  (x)  be  final,
conclusive  and binding on the  Company,  the Rights  Agent,  the holders of the
Rights and all other parties,  and (y) not subject the Board of Directors of the
Company or the  Continuing  Directors  to any  liability  to the  holders of the
Rights.

     Section 30. Benefits of this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the
registered  holders of the Right  Certificates  (and,  prior to the Distribution
Date,  the  certificates  representing  the shares of Common Stock) any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement;  but this Agreement shall
be for the sole and exclusive  benefit of the Company,  the Rights Agent and the
registered  holders of the Right  Certificates  (and,  prior to the Distribution
Date, the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock).


<PAGE>

     Section 31. Severability.  If any term, provision,  covenant or restriction
of this  Agreement  is  held  by a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  or  other
authority  to be invalid,  void or  unenforceable,  the  remainder of the terms,
provisions,  covenants and  restrictions  of this Agreement shall remain in full
force and  effect  and shall in no way be  affected,  impaired  or  invalidated;
provided that,  notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement to the contrary,  of
any such  term,  provision,  covenant  or  restriction  is held by such court or
authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable and the Board of Directors of the
Company (or, after any Person has become an Acquiring  Person, a majority of the
Continuing  Directors)  determines in its good faith  judgment that severing the
invalid  language  from this  Agreement  would  adversely  affect the purpose or
effect of this Agreement, the right of redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof
shall be  reinstated  and shall not expire  until the close of  business  on the
tenth day following the date of such  determination by the Board of Directors or
Continuing Directors, as the case may be.

     Section  32.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement,  each  Right and each Right
Certificate  issued  hereunder  shall be deemed to be a contract  made under the
laws of the State of  Florida  and for all  purposes  shall be  governed  by and
construed in accordance  with the laws of such State  applicable to contracts to
be made and  performed  entirely  within such State,  except that the rights and
obligations of the Rights Agent shall be governed by the law of the State of New
York.

     Section 33.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to
be an original,  and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the
same instrument.

     Section 34.  Descriptive  Headings.  The  captions  herein are included for
convenience  of reference  only, do not  constitute a part of this Agreement and
shall be ignored in the construction and interpretation hereof.


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly  executed by their  respective  authorized  officers as of the day and year
first above written.

                                       DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.


                                       By:  /s/ Clifford L. Whitehill
                                            Name:    Clifford L. Whitehill
                                            Title:   Senior Vice President

                                       5900 Lake Ellenor Drive
                                       Orlando, FL 32809
                                       Attention:


STATE OF MINNESOTA
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN

     On this  the 14th day of  August,  1995,  personally  appeared  before  me,
Clifford L. Whitehill, known to be the person who signed the foregoing Agreement
for the purposes therein expressed.



                                       /s/ Susan L. Tesarek
                                       Notary Public


                                       NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.


                                       By:  /s/ Kenneth P. Swanson
                                            Name:    Kenneth P. Swanson
                                            Title:   Asst. Vice President

                                       Attention: Norwest Stock Transfer Dept.
                                                  161 North Concord Exchange,
                                                  Post Office Box 738,
                                                  South St. Paul, MN  55075-0738


<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit A

                         FORMS OF ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION



     This is to certify, pursuant to Section 607.1008, Florida Statutes, that:

     (a) The name of the Corporation is Darden Restaurants, Inc.
     (b) Article III of the Articles of  Incorporation  is amended by adding the
following new Section (4):


             "(4) SERIES A PARTICIPATING CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK"

     The Board of Directors, pursuant to the authority conferred upon it by this
Article III, and pursuant to the provisions of the Business  Corporation  Act of
the State of Florida,  has by resolution  adopted May 15, 1995 (which resolution
was set forth in Articles of  Amendment  which were filed with the  Secretary of
State of the State of Florida on _______________, 1995), fixed the designations,
preferences,  limitations and special rights of a series of Cumulative Preferred
Stock, as follows:

     Section 1.  Designation  and Number of  Shares.  The shares of such  series
shall be designated as "Series A Participating  Cumulative Preferred Stock" (the
"Series A Preferred Stock"),  and the number of shares  constituting such series
shall be 2,000,000. Such number of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock may be
increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided that no
decrease  shall  reduce  the number of shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock to a
number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares
issuable upon exercise or conversion  of  outstanding  rights,  options or other
securities issued by the Corporation.

     Section 2. Dividends and Distributions.

     (A) The holders of shares of Series A Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to
receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available  for the purpose,  quarterly  dividends  payable on February 1, May 1,
August 1 and November 1 of each year (each such date being referred to herein as
a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend
Payment  Date after the first  issuance  of any share or  fraction of a share of
Series A Preferred  Stock,  in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent)
equal  to the  greater  of (a)  $1.00  and  (b)  subject  to the  provision  for
adjustment  hereinafter  set forth,  100 times the aggregate per


<PAGE>

share  amount of all cash  dividends  or other  distributions  and 100 times the
aggregate  per share  amount of all non-cash  dividends  or other  distributions
(other than (i) a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock,  without par value
of the Corporation (the "Common Stock") or (ii) a subdivision of the outstanding
shares of Common  Stock (by  reclassification  or  otherwise)),  declared on the
Common Stock since the immediately  preceding  Quarterly  Dividend Payment Date,
or, with respect the first  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date,  since the first
issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. If the
Corporation  shall at any time after May 28,  1995,  pay any  dividend on Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or effect a subdivision  or  combination
of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock (by  reclassification  or otherwise)
into a greater  or lesser  number of shares of Common  Stock,  then in each such
case the  amount to which  holders  of shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock were
entitled  immediately  prior to such event  under  clause  (b) of the  preceding
sentence  shall be  adjusted  by  multiplying  such  amount  by a  fraction  the
numerator  of  which  is the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately  after  such  event and the  denominator  of which is the  number of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

     (B) The Corporation  shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series
A Preferred  Stock as  provided  in  paragraph  (A) above  immediately  after it
declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than as described
in clauses (i) and (ii) of the first sentence of paragraph  (A));  provided that
if no  dividend or  distribution  shall have been  declared on the Common  Stock
during the period  between  any  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date and the next
subsequent  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date (or,  with  respect  to the first
Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date,  the period between the first issuance of any
share  or  fraction  of a share of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and such  first
Quarterly  Dividend Payment Date), a dividend of $1.00 per share on the Series A
Preferred  Stock  shall  nevertheless  be payable on such  subsequent  Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date.

     (C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares
of Series A  Preferred  Stock  from the  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date next
preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Preferred  Stock,  unless
the date of issue of such  shares is on or before the record  date for the first
Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date, in which case  dividends on such shares shall
begin to accrue  and be  cumulative  from the date of issue of such  shares,  or
unless the date of issue is a date after the record  date for the  determination
of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly
dividend and on or before such  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date, in which case
dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative  from such Quarterly  Dividend
Payment Date. Accrued, but unpaid, dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends
paid on  shares  of Series A  Preferred  Stock in an amount  less than the total
amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be
allocated pro rata on a  share-by-share  basis among all such shares at the time
outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination
of holders of shares of Series A Preferred  Stock entitled to receive payment of
a dividend or distribution


<PAGE>

declared thereon,  which record date shall not be more than 60 days prior to the
date fixed for the payment thereof.

     Section 3. Voting Rights.  In addition to any other voting rights  required
by law,  the  holders  of shares  of Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall  have the
following voting rights:

     (A) Subject to the provision for  adjustment  hereinafter  set forth,  each
share of Series A Preferred  Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes
on all matters  submitted to a vote of shareholders of the  Corporation.  If the
Corporation  shall at any time after May 28,  1995,  pay any  dividend on Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or effect a subdivision  or  combination
of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock (by  reclassification  or otherwise)
into a greater  or lesser  number of shares of Common  Stock,  then in each such
case the  number  of votes  per  share to which  holders  of  shares of Series A
Preferred Stock were entitled  immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted
by multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  after  such  event  and the
denominator  of  which is the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  that  were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

     (B) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of
Series A Preferred  Stock and the  holders of shares of Common  Stock shall vote
together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of
the Corporation.

     (C)  (i) If at any time dividends on any Series A Preferred Stock shall
     be in arrears in an amount equal to six quarterly  dividends  thereon,  the
     occurrence of such contingency shall mark the beginning of a period (herein
     called a "default  period")  which  shall  extend  until such time when all
     accrued and unpaid  dividends for all previous  quarterly  dividend periods
     and for the  current  quarterly  dividend  period on all shares of Series A
     Preferred Stock then  outstanding  shall have been declared and paid or set
     apart for  payment.  During each default  period,  all holders of Preferred
     Stock and any other series of Preferred  Stock then  entitled as a class to
     elect directors, voting together as a single class, irrespective of series,
     shall have the right to elect two Directors.

          (ii) During any default  period,  such voting  right of the holders of
     Series A Preferred  Stock may be exercised  initially at a special  meeting
     called pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of this Section 3(C) or at any annual
     meeting of shareholders, and thereafter at annual meetings of shareholders,
     provided that neither such voting right nor the right of the holders of any
     other series of Preferred Stock, if any, to increase, in certain cases, the
     authorized number of Directors shall be exercised unless the holders of 10%
     in number of shares of  Preferred  Stock  outstanding  shall be  present in
     person or by proxy.  The  absence of a quorum of  holders  of Common  Stock
     shall not affect the exercise by holders


<PAGE>

     of Preferred Stock of such voting right. At any meeting at which holders of
     Preferred  Stock shall  exercise  such  voting  right  initially  during an
     existing default period,  they shall have the right,  voting as a class, to
     elect Directors to fill such  vacancies,  if any, in the Board of Directors
     as may then exist up to two  Directors or, if such right is exercised at an
     annual  meeting,  to elect two  Directors.  If the  number  which may be so
     elected at any special meeting does not amount to the required number,  the
     holders of the  Preferred  Stock shall have the right to make such increase
     in the number of  Directors as shall be necessary to permit the election by
     them of the required number. After the holders of the Preferred Stock shall
     have  exercised  their right to elect  Directors in any default  period and
     during the continuance of such period, the number of Directors shall not be
     increased or decreased  except by vote of the holders of Preferred Stock as
     herein provided or pursuant to the rights of any equity securities  ranking
     senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock.

          (iii) Unless the holders of Preferred Stock shall,  during an existing
     default period,  have previously  exercised their right to elect Directors,
     the Board of Directors may order, or any shareholder or shareholders owning
     in the  aggregate  not less  than 10% of the  total  number  of  shares  of
     Preferred  Stock  outstanding,  irrespective  of series,  may request,  the
     calling of a special meeting of holders of Preferred  Stock,  which meeting
     shall  thereupon be called by the Chairman of the Board,  a Vice  Chairman,
     the President, a Vice President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice
     of such  meeting and of any annual  meeting at which  holders of  Preferred
     Stock are entitled to vote  pursuant to this  paragraph  (C)(iii)  shall be
     given to each holder of record of Preferred Stock by mailing a copy of such
     notice to such holder at his or her last address as the same appears on the
     books of the  Corporation.  Such  meeting  shall be  called  for a time not
     earlier than 20 days and not later than 60 days after such order or request
     or in default  of the  calling  of such  meeting  within 60 days after such
     order or  request,  such  meeting  may be called on  similar  notice by any
     shareholder  or  shareholders  owning in the aggregate not less than 10% of
     the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding,  irrespective of
     series.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (C)(iii), no such
     special   meeting  shall  be  called  during  the  period  within  60  days
     immediately  preceding  the date  fixed  for the  next  annual  meeting  of
     shareholders.

          (iv) In any default  period,  the holders of Common  Stock,  and other
     classes of stock of the  Corporation  if  applicable,  shall continue to be
     entitled  to elect  the whole  number of  Directors  until the  holders  of
     Preferred  Stock shall have  exercised  their right to elect two  Directors
     voting as a class,  after the exercise of which right (x) the  Directors so
     elected by the holders of  Preferred  Stock shall  continue in office until
     their  successors  shall  have been  elected  by such  holders or until the
     expiration  of the  default  period,  and (y) any  vacancy  in the Board of
     Directors  may (except as provided in paragraph  (C)(ii) of this Section 3)
     be filled by vote of a  majority  of the  remaining  Directors  theretofore


<PAGE>

     elected by the  holders of the class of stock which  elected  the  Director
     whose office shall have become vacant.  References in this paragraph (C) to
     Directors  elected by the  holders  of a  particular  class of stock  shall
     include  Directors  elected by such Directors to fill vacancies as provided
     in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.

          (v) Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (x) the right
     of the  holders  of  Preferred  Stock as a class to elect  Directors  shall
     cease,  (y) the term of any  Directors  elected by the holders of Preferred
     Stock as a class shall terminate,  and (z) the number of Directors shall be
     such number as may be provided  for in the  articles  of  incorporation  or
     bylaws  irrespective  of any increase  made  pursuant to the  provisions of
     paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3 (such number being subject, however, to
     change  thereafter  in any manner  provided  by law or in the  articles  of
     incorporation or bylaws).  Any vacancies in the Board of Directors effected
     by the  provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding  sentence may be
     filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.

     (D) The Articles of Incorporation  of the Corporation  shall not be amended
in any manner  (whether by merger or  otherwise)  so as to adversely  affect the
powers,  preferences or special  rights of the Series A Preferred  Stock without
the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

     (E) Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  holders of Series A  Preferred
Stock  shall have no  special  voting  rights,  and their  consent  shall not be
required for taking any corporate action.

     Section 4. Certain Restrictions.

     (A)  Whenever  quarterly  dividends  or other  dividends  or  distributions
payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether
or not declared,  on outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred  Stock shall have
been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

          (i) declare or pay dividends on, or make any other  distributions  on,
     any  shares  of  stock  ranking  junior  (either  as to  dividends  or upon
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

          (ii) declare or pay dividends on, or make any other  distributions on,
     any shares of stock  ranking on a parity  (either as to  dividends  or upon
     liquidation,  dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock,
     except  dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such
     other  parity  stock  on which  dividends  are  payable  or in  arrears  in
     proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are
     then entitled;


<PAGE>

          (iii)  redeem,  purchase or otherwise  acquire for value any shares of
     stock  ranking  junior  (either  as  to  dividends  or  upon   liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred  Stock;  provided that
     the  Corporation  may at any time  redeem,  purchase or  otherwise  acquire
     shares of any such  junior  stock in  exchange  for  shares of stock of the
     Corporation   ranking  junior  (as  to  dividends  and  upon   dissolution,
     liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock; or

          (iv)  redeem,  purchase or  otherwise  acquire for value any shares of
     Series A  Preferred  Stock,  or any  shares  of stock  ranking  on a parity
     (either as to dividends  or upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up)
     with the Series A Preferred  Stock,  except in  accordance  with a purchase
     offer made in  writing or by  publication  (as  determined  by the Board of
     Directors)  to all holders of Series A  Preferred  Stock and all such other
     parity stock upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration
     of the  respective  annual  dividend  rates and other  relative  rights and
     preferences of the respective  series and classes,  shall determine in good
     faith will  result in fair and  equitable  treatment  among the  respective
     series of classes.

     (B) The  Corporation  shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to
purchase or otherwise  acquire for value any shares of stock of the  Corporation
unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or
otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

     Section  5.  Reacquired  Shares.  Any  shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock
redeemed,  purchased  or  otherwise  acquired by the  Corporation  in any manner
whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof.
All such shares shall upon their cancellation  become  authorized,  but unissued
shares of Preferred  Stock without  designation as to series and may be reissued
as part of a new  series of  Preferred  Stock to be  created  by  resolution  or
resolutions  of  the  Board  of  Directors  as  permitted  by  the  Articles  of
Incorporation or as otherwise permitted under Florida Law.

     Section 6.  Liquidation,  Dissolution or Winding Up. Upon any  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,  no distribution shall be made (1)
to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless,
prior  thereto,  the  holders of shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock shall have
received $1.00 per share,  plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid  dividends
and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment;
provided  that the  holders  of  shares  of Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall be
entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share,  subject to the provision for
adjustment  hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount to be
distributed per share to holders of Common Stock, or (2) to the holders of stock
ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,  dissolution or
winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made


<PAGE>

ratably  on the Series A  Preferred  Stock and all such  other  parity  stock in
proportion  to the total  amounts to which the  holders  of all such  shares are
entitled upon such  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up. If the  Corporation
shall at any time after May 28, 1995,  pay any dividend on Common Stock  payable
in  shares  of  Common  Stock or  effect a  subdivision  or  combination  of the
outstanding  shares of Common Stock (by  reclassification  or otherwise)  into a
greater or lesser number of shares of Common  Stock,  then in each such case the
aggregate  amount to which  holders of shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock were
entitled  immediately prior to such event under the proviso in clause (1) of the
preceding  sentence shall be adjusted by  multiplying  such amount by a fraction
the  numerator  of which is the  number of shares  of Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately  after  such  event and the  denominator  of which is the  number of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

     Section 7. Consolidation,  Merger, etc. If the Corporation shall enter into
any consolidation,  merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares
of Common Stock are  exchanged  for or changed  into other stock or  securities,
cash or any  other  property,  then in any such  case  the  shares  of  Series A
Preferred  Stock shall at the same time be  similarly  exchanged  for or changed
into an amount per share,  subject to the provision for  adjustment  hereinafter
set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash or
any other  property,  as the case may be,  into which or for which each share of
Common Stock is changed or exchanged. If the Corporation shall at any time after
May 28, 1995, pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock
or effect a subdivision or combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
(by  reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of
Common  Stock,  then in each such  case the  amount  set forth in the  preceding
sentence  with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock shall be adjusted by  multiplying  such amount by a fraction the numerator
of which is the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  immediately after
such event and the  denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

     Section  8. No  Redemption.  The  Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall  not be
redeemable.

     Section 9. Rank.  The Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall rank  junior (as to
dividends and upon liquidation,  dissolution and winding up) to all other series
of the  Corporation's  preferred  stock  except  any  series  that  specifically
provides  that such series  shall rank pari passu with or junior to the Series A
Preferred Stock.

     Section 10.  Fractional  Shares.  Series A Preferred Stock may be issued in
fractions  of a share which shall  entitle the  holder,  in  proportion  to such
holder's  fractional  shares,  to exercise  voting  rights,  receive  dividends,
participate  in  distributions  and to have the  benefit of all other  rights of
holders of Series A Preferred Stock.


<PAGE>

     (c) At a special  meeting of the Board of Directors of Darden  Restaurants,
Inc.,  held  on May  15,  1995,  where  all  the  directors  of the  Corporation
participated by conference telephone by means of which all persons participating
in the meeting could hear each other at the same time, the resolution  providing
for  the  adoption  of new  Section  (4) of  Article  III  of  the  Articles  of
Incorporation of Darden Restaurants,  Inc. was unanimously  approved and adopted
without  shareholder  action,  and no shareholder  action was required  therefor
under Section  607.0602,  Florida Statutes and Section (2) of Article III of the
Articles of Incorporation.

     IN  WITNESS   WHEREOF,   the   undersigned   Chairman  of  the   Board/Vice
Chairman/President/Vice  President  and  Secretary/Assistant  Secretary  of  the
Corporation  have  executed  these  Articles  of  Amendment  to its  Articles of
Incorporation this ____ day of May, 1995.

                                       DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.



                                       By:


                                       [Title]


                                       Attest:


                                       [Title]


(Corporate Seal)


<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit B


                           [Form of Right Certificate]


No. R-_________                                                 _________ Rights


NOT EXERCISABLE  AFTER THE EARLIER OF  ____________,  2005 AND THE DATE ON WHICH
THE RIGHTS  EVIDENCED  HEREBY ARE  REDEEMED OR  EXCHANGED  BY THE COMPANY AS SET
FORTH IN THE  RIGHTS  AGREEMENT.  AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS  AGREEMENT,  RIGHTS
ISSUED TO, OR HELD BY, ANY PERSON WHO IS, WAS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING  PERSON OR
AN  AFFILIATE  OR  ASSOCIATE  THEREOF  (AS SUCH TERMS ARE  DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS
AGREEMENT),  WHETHER  CURRENTLY  HELD BY OR ON BEHALF  OF SUCH  PERSON OR BY ANY
SUBSEQUENT  HOLDER,  MAY BE NULL AND VOID. [THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHT
CERTIFICATE  ARE OR WERE  BENEFICIALLY  OWNED BY A PERSON  WHO WAS OR  BECAME AN
ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT). THIS RIGHT
CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE OR MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID
IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7(d) OF SUCH AGREEMENT.](2)


                                RIGHT CERTIFICATE

                            DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.


     This Right Certificate  certifies that  ___________________,  or registered
assigns,  is the registered holder of the number of Rights set forth above, each
of which  entitles the holder (upon the terms and subject to the  conditions set
forth in the Rights Agreement dated as of May 28, 1995 (the "Rights  Agreement")
between Darden  Restaurants,  Inc., a Florida  corporation (the "Company"),  and
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (the "Rights Agent")) to purchase from the Company,
at any time after the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date, ______
one-hundredth[s] of a fully paid,  nonassessable share of Series A Participating
Cumulative  Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") of the Company at a purchase
price of $_____ per one one-hundredth of a share (the "Purchase Price"), payable
in lawful money of the United  States of America,  upon  surrender of this Right
Certificate,  with the form of election to purchase and related certificate duly
executed,  and payment of the  Purchase  Price at an office of the Rights  Agent
designated for such purpose.

- ---------------------
(2) If applicable, insert this portion of the legend and delete the preceding
    sentence.


<PAGE>

     Terms used  herein  and not  otherwise  defined  herein  have the  meanings
assigned to them in the Rights Agreement.

     The number of Rights  evidenced by this Right  Certificate  (and the number
and kind of shares  issuable upon exercise of each Right) and the Purchase Price
set  forth  above  are as of  _____________,  1995,  and may have been or in the
future be  adjusted as a result of the  occurrence  of certain  events,  as more
fully provided in the Rights Agreement.

     Upon the occurrence of a Section  11(a)(ii)  Event, if the Rights evidenced
by this Right  Certificate are beneficially  owned by (a) an Acquiring Person or
an  Associate  or Affiliate  of an  Acquiring  Person,  (b) a  transferee  of an
Acquiring  Person (or any such  Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee
after the Acquiring  Person  becomes  such,  or (c) under certain  circumstances
specified in the Rights  Agreement,  a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or any
such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee  prior to or  concurrently
with the Acquiring Person becoming such, such Rights shall become null and void,
and no holder  hereof  shall have any right with respect to such Rights from and
after the occurrence of such Section 11(a)(ii) Event.

     This Right  Certificate  is subject  to all of the  terms,  provisions  and
conditions of the Rights Agreement,  which terms,  provisions and conditions are
hereby  incorporated  herein by  reference  and made a part  hereof and to which
Rights Agreement  reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights,
limitations  of rights,  obligations,  duties and  immunities  hereunder  of the
Rights  Agent,  the  Company and the  holders of the Right  Certificates,  which
limitations of rights include the temporary  suspension of the exercisability of
such Rights under the specific circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement.

     Upon  surrender  at the  principal  office or offices  of the Rights  Agent
designated for such purpose and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Rights Agreement,  any Rights Certificate or Certificates may be transferred
or exchanged for another Rights  Certificate or  Certificates  evidencing a like
number of Rights as the Rights Certificate or Certificates surrendered.

     Subject to the provisions of the Rights  Agreement,  the Board of Directors
of the Company may, at its option,

          (a) at any time prior to the  earlier of (i) the close of  business on
     the tenth day after the Stock  Acquisition  Date (or such  later  date as a
     majority of the  Continuing  Directors may designate  prior to such time as
     the Rights are no longer  redeemable) and (ii) the Final  Expiration  Date,
     redeem  all,  but not less  than  all,  the then  outstanding  Rights  at a
     redemption price of $.01 per Right; or


<PAGE>

          (b) at any time after any  Person  becomes an  Acquiring  Person  (but
     before  such  Person  becomes  the  Beneficial  Owner of 50% or more of the
     shares of Common Stock then outstanding),  exchange all or part of the then
     outstanding  Rights  (other than Rights  held by the  Acquiring  Person and
     certain related Persons) for shares of Common Stock at an exchange ratio of
     one share of Common  Stock per Right.  If the Rights  shall be exchanged in
     part,  the holder of this Right  Certificate  shall be  entitled to receive
     upon surrender  hereof another Right  Certificate or  Certificates  for the
     number of whole Rights not exchanged.

     No fractional  shares of Preferred Stock are required to be issued upon the
exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are
multiples of one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock,  which may, at the
election of the  Company,  be  evidenced by  depositary  receipts),  but in lieu
thereof a cash payment  will be made,  as provided in the Rights  Agreement.  If
this Right  Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled
to receive upon surrender  hereof another Right  Certificate or Certificates for
the number of whole Rights not exercised.

     No holder of this Right  Certificate  shall be  entitled  to vote,  receive
dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the shares of capital stock
which may at any time be issuable on the  exercise  hereof,  nor shall  anything
contained  in the Rights  Agreement  or herein be  construed  to confer upon the
holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any
right to vote for the  election of  directors  or upon any matter  submitted  to
shareholders  at any  meeting  thereof,  or to give or  withhold  consent to any
corporate  action,  or to receive notice of meetings or other actions  affecting
shareholders  (except  as  provided  in the  Rights  Agreement),  or to  receive
dividends  or  subscription  rights,  or  otherwise,  until  the Right or Rights
evidenced by this Right Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the
Rights Agreement.

     This Right  Certificate  shall not be valid or  obligatory  for any purpose
until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company has caused  this  instrument  to be duly
executed under its corporate seal by its authorized officers.

Dated:___________________.

                                       DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.



                                       By
                                       Title:


[SEAL]

Attest:




- -----------------------------
Secretary

Countersigned:

NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.,
as Rights Agent




By:   
      -----------------------
      Authorized Signature


<PAGE>

                    Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

                    (To be executed if the registered holder
                   desires to transfer the Right Certificate.)


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, 
                    -----------------------------------------------------------

hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto 
                                         --------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Please print name and address of transferee)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and
does  hereby  irrevocably  constitute  and  appoint 
Attorney,  to  transfer  the  within  Right  Certificate  on  the  books  of the
within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated:                 , 1995
       ----------------

                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Signature

Signature Guaranteed:


<PAGE>

                                   Certificate

     The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

     (1) the Rights  evidenced  by this Right  Certificate      are     are not
being assigned by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring  Person or
an  Affiliate  or  Associate  of any such  Acquiring  Person  (as such terms are
defined in the Rights Agreement);

     (2) after due  inquiry and to the best  knowledge  of the  undersigned,  it
    did     did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Right  Certificate from
any  Person  who is,  was or  became an  Acquiring  Person  or an  Affiliate  or
Associate of an Acquiring Person.



Dated:               , 1995            
       --------------                  ----------------------------------
                                       Signature



                                ----------------

     The signatures to the foregoing  Assignment and Certificate must correspond
to the  name as  written  upon  the  face of this  Right  Certificate  in  every
particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

                                ----------------


<PAGE>



                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

          (To be executed if the registered holder desires to exercise
                  Rights represented by the Right Certificate.)


To:
   --------------------------

     The undersigned  hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise 
Rights  represented by this Right  Certificate  to purchase  shares of Preferred
Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Rights (or such other  securities of the
Company or of any other  person  which may be issuable  upon the exercise of the
Rights) and requests that certificates for such securities be issued in the name
of and delivered to:

Please insert social security
or other identifying number    
                              -----------------------


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         (Please print name and address)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     If such  number of Rights  shall not be all the  Rights  evidenced  by this
Right Certificate,  a new Right Certificate for the balance of such Rights shall
be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security
or other identifying number     
                              -----------------------


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         (Please print name and address)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dated:              , 1995
      --------------

                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Signature

Signature Guaranteed:



<PAGE>

                                   Certificate

     The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

     (1) the Rights  evidenced  by this Right  Certificate      are      are not
being exercised by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or
an  Affiliate  or  Associate  of any such  Acquiring  Person  (as such terms are
defined in the Rights Agreement);

     (2) after due  inquiry and to the best  knowledge  of the  undersigned,  it
    did     did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Right  Certificate from
any  Person  who is,  was or  became an  Acquiring  Person  or an  Affiliate  or
Associate of an Acquiring Person.



Dated:               , 1995
       --------------                  ---------------------------------------
                                       Signature



                                ----------------

     The signatures to the foregoing  Assignment and Certificate must correspond
to the  name as  written  upon  the  face of this  Right  Certificate  in  every
particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

                                ----------------



<PAGE>
                                                                       Exhibit C

                            DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.

                             SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

                                Summary of Terms


Form of Security:   The Board of Directors has declared a dividend,
                    payable  on May 15,  1995,  to the  holders of record of the
                    Company's  Common  Stock on that date,  of  preferred  stock
                    purchase  rights  (each  a  "Right"  and  collectively,  the
                    "Rights")  in an amount such that one Right is payable  with
                    respect to each  outstanding  share of the Company's  Common
                    Stock  outstanding  as of the close of  business  on May 28,
                    1995.

Transfer:           Prior to the  Distribution  Date (3),  the Rights will be
                    evidenced by the  certificates  for and will be  transferred
                    with the Common  Stock,  and the  registered  holders of the
                    Common Stock will be deemed to be the registered  holders of
                    the Rights.

                    After the  Distribution  Date,  the  Rights  Agent will mail
                    separate  certificates  evidencing the Rights to each record
                    holder of the Common  Stock as of the close of  business  on
                    the  Distribution  Date,  and  thereafter the Rights will be
                    transferable separately from the Common Stock.

Exercise:           Prior to the Distribution  Date, the Rights will not be
                    exercisable.

                    After the Distribution  Date, each Right will be exercisable
                    to  purchase,   for  $62.50  (the  "Purchase  Price"),   one
                    one-hundredth   of  a  share  of   Series  A

- ---------------------
(3)  Distribution Date means the earlier of:

     (1)  the 10th day after public  announcement that at any time after May 28,
          1995,  any person or group has become the  beneficial  owner of 20% or
          more of the Company's Common Stock and

     (2)  the 10th business day after the date of the  commencement  of a tender
          or exchange offer by any person which would, if consummated, result in
          such  person  becoming  the  beneficial  owner  of 20% or  more of the
          Company's Common Stock,

in each case, subject to extension by a majority of the Directors not affiliated
with the Acquiring Person.


<PAGE>

                    Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock, without par value,
                    of the Company.

Flip-In:            If  after  May  28,  1995,  any  person  or  group  (an
                    "Acquiring  Person")  becomes the beneficial owner of 20% or
                    more of the Company's  Common Stock,  then each Right (other
                    than Rights  beneficially  owned by the Acquiring Person and
                    certain  affiliated  persons)  will  entitle  the  holder to
                    purchase,  for the Purchase Price, a number of shares of the
                    Company's  Common  Stock  having a market value of twice the
                    Purchase Price.

Flip-Over:          If, after any person has become an Acquiring  Person,
                    (1) the Company is  involved  in a merger or other  business
                    combination  in  which  the  Company  is not  the  surviving
                    corporation  or its  Common  Stock is  exchanged  for  other
                    securities  or assets or (2) the Company  and/or one or more
                    of its  subsidiaries  sell or otherwise  transfer  assets or
                    earning  power  aggregating  more than 50% of the  assets or
                    earning power of the Company and its subsidiaries,  taken as
                    a  whole,  then  each  Right  will  entitle  the  holder  to
                    purchase,  for the  Purchase  Price,  a number  of shares of
                    common stock of the other party to such business combination
                    or sale (or in certain circumstances, an affiliate) having a
                    market value of twice the Purchase Price.

Exchange:           At any time after any  person has become an  Acquiring
                    Person (but before any person becomes the  beneficial  owner
                    of 50% or more of the Company's Common Stock), a majority of
                    the Directors not affiliated  with the Acquiring  Person may
                    exchange  all or part of the Rights  (other  than the Rights
                    beneficially  owned  by the  Acquiring  Person  and  certain
                    affiliated  persons)  for  shares  of  Common  Stock  at  an
                    exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right.

Redemption:         The Board of Directors  may redeem all of the Rights
                    at a price of $.01 per Right at any time  prior to the close
                    of business on the 10th day after public  announcement  that
                    any  person  has  become an  Acquiring  Person  (subject  to
                    extension by a


<PAGE>
                    majority of the Directors not affiliated  with the Acquiring
                    Person).

                    After any person has become an Acquiring Person,  the Rights
                    may be redeemed  only with the approval of a majority of the
                    Directors not affiliated with the Acquiring Person.

Expiration:         The  Rights  will  expire  on May 24,  2005,  unless
                    earlier exchanged or redeemed.

Amendments:         Prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights Agreement
                    may be amended in any respect.

                    After the  Distribution  Date,  the Rights  Agreement may be
                    amended in any respect  that does not  adversely  affect the
                    Rights holders (other than any Acquiring  Person and certain
                    affiliated persons).

                    After any person has become an Acquiring Person,  the Rights
                    Agreement  may  be  amended  only  with  the  approval  of a
                    majority of the Directors not affiliated  with the Acquiring
                    Person.

Voting Rights:      Rights holders have no rights as a shareholder of
                    the  Company,  including  the  right to vote and to  receive
                    dividends.

Antidilution
  Provisions:       The Rights Agreement includes antidilution provisions
                    designed to prevent  efforts to diminish the efficacy of the
                    Rights.

Taxes:              While the  dividend  of the Rights  will not be taxable to
                    shareholders or to the Company,  shareholders of the Company
                    may,  depending upon the  circumstances,  recognize  taxable
                    income if the Rights become exercisable as set forth above.

                               -------------------

A copy of the Rights  Agreement has been filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission as an Exhibit to a Registration  Statement on Form 8-A. A copy of the
Rights  Agreement  is available  free of charge from the  Company.  This summary
description  of the Rights does not purport to be complete  and is  qualified in
its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement.


<PAGE>

                       ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT


     THIS  ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION  AGREEMENT,  dated effective as of the 29th
day  of  September,  1997  (the  "Assignment"),  by  and  between  NORWEST  BANK
MINNESOTA,  N.A., a national banking  association (the "Assignor"),  FIRST UNION
NATIONAL  BANK, a national  banking  association  (the  "Assignee"),  and DARDEN
RESTAURANTS, INC., a Florida corporation (the "Company"), recites and provides:

RECITALS

     A. By Rights  Agreement dated as of May 28, 1995 (the "Rights  Agreement"),
between the  Assignor  and the Company,  the Company  appointed  the Assignor to
serve as agent (the "Rights Agent") in connection  with certain  preferred stock
purchase  rights  payable to holders of record of the Company's  common stock on
May 15, 1995, subject to terms and conditions more particularly described in the
Rights Agreement.

     B. Pursuant to Section 21 of the Rights Agreement,  the Company now desires
to remove the  Assignor as Rights Agent and to appoint the Assignee as successor
Rights Agent and,  accordingly,  the  Assignor  desires to assign its rights and
interest in the Rights  Agreement to the Assignee,  and the Assignee  desires to
assume the Assignor's obligations under the Rights Agreement, all upon the terms
and conditions set forth below.

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained
herein, the Assignor, the Assignee and the Company agree as follows:

     1.  Removal;  Appointment.  The Company  hereby  removes the  Assignor  and
appoints the Assignee as Rights Agent under the Rights Agreement.

     2.  Assignment.  The Assignor hereby  transfers and assigns to the Assignee
all of the Assignor's  rights and interest in the Rights Agreement and delegates
and assigns to the Assignee all of the Assignor's  duties and obligations  under
the Rights Agreement.

     3.  Assumption.  The Assignee  hereby accepts the foregoing  assignment and
delegation  and agrees to assume and  fulfill,  perform  and  observe all of the
terms, conditions and obligations set forth in the Rights Agreement as fully and
as  completely  as though the  Assignee  were an  originally  named party to the
Rights Agreement.

     4.  Consent;   Release.  The  Company  hereby  consents  to  the  foregoing
assignment  and  delegation by the Assignor to the Assignee and to the foregoing
assumption by the Assignee.  The Company  hereby  remises,  releases and forever
discharges (i) the Assignor from any and all liability and obligation  under the
Rights  Agreement  arising out of events  occurring from and after the effective
date of this


<PAGE>

Assignment and (ii) the Assignee from any and all liability and obligation under
the Rights  Agreement  arising out of events occurring before the effective date
of this Agreement.

     5. Waiver of Notices. The Assignor,  the Assignee and the Company waive all
notices  required by Section 21 of the Rights  Agreement in connection  with the
removal  of the  Assignor  and  appointment  of the  Assignee  as Rights  Agent,
including but not limited to notices to the Assignor in its capacities as Rights
Agent and as the  former  transfer  agent of the  Company's  common  stock,  and
notices  to the  Assignee  in its  capacities  as  successor  Rights  Agent  and
successor transfer agent of the Company's common stock.

     6. Successors and Assigns.  The terms and conditions of this Assignment and
Assumption Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
Assignor, the Assignee, the Company and their respective successors and assigns.

     7. Further Assurances.  The Assignor, the Assignee and the Company covenant
and agree to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and  delivered,  and to
do or make,  or cause to be done or made,  upon the request of any of them,  any
and all instruments,  papers, deeds, acts or things, supplemental,  confirmatory
or  otherwise,  as may be required for the purpose of effecting the purposes and
intent of this instrument.

     8.  Governing  Law.  This  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreement  shall be
governed  by and  shall  be  construed  according  to the  laws of the  State of
Florida.

     9. Counterparts.  To facilitate execution,  this Assignment may be executed
utilizing  counterpart  signature  pages,  in which case,  the signatures of all
parties on multiple counterparts will constitute a single agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor,  the Assignee and the Company have caused
this  Assignment  to be  executed  on  their  behalf  by their  duly  authorized
representatives effective as of the date first above written.


<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES



                                    ASSIGNOR:

                                    Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., a national
                                    banking association

                                    By:     /s/ Kenneth P. Swanson
                                    Name:   Kenneth P. Swanson
                                    Title:  Assistant Vice President



                                    ASSIGNEE:

                                    First Union National Bank, a national
                                    banking association

                                    By:     /s/ Patrick J. Edwards
                                    Name:   Patrick J. Edwards
                                    Title:  Vice President



                                    COMPANY:

                                    Darden Restaurants, Inc., a Florida
                                    corporation

                                    By:     /s/ Clifford L. Whitehill
                                    Name:   Clifford L. Whitehill
                                    Title:  Senior Vice President



<PAGE>

STATE OF MINNESOTA,

COUNTY OF HENNEPIN, to-wit:

     The  foregoing  instrument  was  acknowledged  before  me this  22nd day of
September,  1997, by Kenneth P. Swanson,  as Assistant Vice President of Norwest
Bank Minnesota,  N.A., a national banking association,  on behalf of the banking
association.

     My Commission Expires: January 31, 2000


                                       /s/ Darren Larson
                                       Notary Public


STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA,

COUNTY OF MECKLENBURG, to-wit:

     The  foregoing  instrument  was  acknowledged  before  me this  22nd day of
September,  1997,  by Patrick  J.  Edwards,  as Vice  President  of First  Union
National  Bank,  a  national  banking  association,  on  behalf  of the  banking
association.

     My Commission Expires: 1/2/99


                                       /s/ Delores M. Harris
                                       Notary Public


STATE OF FLORIDA,

COUNTY OF ORANGE, to-wit:

     The  foregoing  instrument  was  acknowledged  before  me  this  1st day of
October,  1997,  by Clifford L.  Whitehill,  as Senior Vice  President of Darden
Restaurants, Inc., a Florida corporation, on behalf of the corporation.

     My Commission Expires: July 13, 2001


                                       /s/ James O. McIntosh
                                       Notary Public



                                  EXHIBIT 10(a)

                STOCK OPTION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN OF 1995


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10(a)

                            DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
                STOCK OPTION AND LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN OF 1995
           (as amended May 23, 1996, June 17, 1997, and June 26, 1998)

1.   PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

     The purpose of the Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  Stock  Option and  Long-Term
     Incentive Plan of 1995 (the "Plan") is to attract and retain able employees
     by rewarding  employees of Darden  Restaurants,  Inc., its subsidiaries and
     affiliates (defined as entities in which Darden  Restaurants,  Inc. owns an
     equity  interest  of 25% or more)  (collectively,  the  "Company")  who are
     responsible  for the growth and sound  development  of the  business of the
     Company,  and to align the  interests  of all  employees  with those of the
     stockholders of the Company and to compensate certain management  employees
     of the Company by granting  stock  options in lieu of salary  increases  or
     other compensation or employee benefits.

2.   EFFECTIVE DATE, DURATION AND SUMMARY OF PLAN

     A.   Effective Date and Duration

          This Plan  shall  become  effective  as of the  effective  date of the
          distribution of Darden  Restaurants,  Inc. Common Stock to the holders
          of General Mills, Inc. common stock. Awards may be made under the Plan
          until September 30, 2000.

     B.   Summary of Option Provisions for Participants

          The stock  option  that will be awarded to  employees  under this Plan
          gives a right to an  employee  to  purchase at a future date shares of
          Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  Common  Stock  at a  fixed  price.  As  an
          employee,  you will  receive an "option  agreement"  in your own name,
          which will contain the term and other  conditions of the option grant.
          In general,  each option  agreement will state the number of shares of
          Darden  Restaurants,  Inc. Common Stock that you can purchase from the
          Company,  the price at which you can purchase the shares, and the last
          date you can make your purchase.  You will not have any taxable income
          when you receive the option agreement.

          The price at which you may buy the  Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  shares
          will be equal to the  market  price of the  Company  shares on the New
          York Stock  Exchange  as of the day the option was  awarded to you. If
          after the period that you must hold the option before you can exercise
          such option the price of Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  Common  Stock has
          risen,  you will be able to make a gain on exercising the option equal
          to the  difference  between the  exercise  price of the option and the
          market price of Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  shares on the date you use
          your option to buy shares  under the terms of the option  certificate.
          This gain will be taxable to you.

          You will never be obligated to buy shares of the Company if you do not
          wish to do so.  After  the  required  holding  period  before  you can
          exercise  the  option,  you can  continue  to hold  the  option  as an
          employee  for the  remaining  years of the  option  before  making the
          decision whether or not to buy shares of the Company.  Thereafter, the
          rights under the option will lapse and cannot be used by the employee.

          Generally you cannot sell or assign the option to any other person and
          the  specific  provisions  which  cover your  rights in the option are
          covered in the full text of the Plan.

3.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  the  Compensation   Committee  (the
     "Committee").  The  Committee  shall be comprised  solely of  non-employee,
     independent  members of the Board of Directors  (the "Board")  appointed in
     accordance  with the Company's  Articles of  Incorporation.  Subject to the
     provisions of Section 14, the


<PAGE>

     Committee  shall have authority to adopt rules and regulations for carrying
     out the purpose of the Plan,  select the  employees  to whom Awards will be
     made ("Participants"), determine the number of shares to be awarded and the
     other terms and conditions of Awards in accordance with the Plan provisions
     and interpret,  construe and implement the provisions of the Plan; provided
     that if at any time Rule 16b-3 or any successor  rule ("Rule  16b-3") under
     the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the "1934  Act"),  so
     permits, without adversely affecting the ability of the Plan to comply with
     the  conditions  for  exemption  from  Section  16 of the  1934 Act (or any
     successor  provisions)  provided by Rule 16b-3,  the Committee may delegate
     its  duties  under  the  Plan  in  whole  or in  part,  on such  terms  and
     conditions,  to the Chief Executive Officer and to other senior officers of
     the Company;  provided further, that only the Committee may select and make
     other decisions as to Awards to Participants  who are subject to Section 16
     of the 1934 Act and to other  executives of the Company.  The Committee (or
     its  permitted  delegate)  may correct any defect or supply any omission or
     reconcile any  inconsistency  in any agreement  relating to any Award under
     the Plan in the manner and to the extent it deems  necessary.  Decisions of
     the Committee (or its permitted  delegate)  shall be final,  conclusive and
     binding  upon  all  parties,   including  the  Company,   stockholders  and
     Participants.

4.   COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     The shares of common  stock of the  Company  (without  par value)  ("Common
     Stock") to be issued upon exercise of a Stock Option, awarded as Restricted
     Stock,  or issued upon  expiration of the restricted  period for Restricted
     Stock Units,  may be made available from the authorized but unissued Common
     Stock,  shares of Common Stock held in the  Company's  treasury,  or Common
     Stock purchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise. Approval of
     the  Plan  by  the  sole   shareholder  of  the  Company  shall  constitute
     authorization to use such shares for the Plan.

     The Committee,  in its discretion,  may require as a condition to the grant
     of Stock Options, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units (collectively,
     "Awards"),  the deposit of Common Stock owned by the Participant  receiving
     such grant, and the forfeiture of such Awards,  if such deposit is not made
     or  maintained  during  the  required  holding  period  or  the  applicable
     restricted  period.  Such  shares  of  deposited  Common  Stock  may not be
     otherwise sold, pledged or disposed of during the applicable holding period
     or restricted  period.  The Committee may also determine whether any shares
     issued upon exercise of a Stock Option shall be restricted in any manner.

     The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock authorized under the
     Plan for which Awards may be granted under the Plan is 15,000,000. Upon the
     expiration,  forfeiture,  termination or cancellation, in whole or in part,
     of  unexercised  Stock  Options,  or  forfeiture  of  Restricted  Stock  or
     Restricted  Stock Units on which no dividends or dividend  equivalents have
     been paid,  the  shares of Common  Stock  subject  thereto  shall  again be
     available for Awards under the Plan.

     The number of shares  subject to the Plan, the  outstanding  Awards and the
     exercise price per share of outstanding  Stock Options may be appropriately
     adjusted by the Committee in the event that:

     (i)  the number of  outstanding  shares of Common Stock shall be changed by
          reason of split-ups,  spin-offs,  combinations or reclassifications of
          shares;

     (ii) any stock dividends are distributed to the holders of Common Stock;

     (iii)the Common Stock is converted  into or exchanged for other shares as a
          result of any merger or consolidation  (including a sale of assets) or
          other recapitalization, or other similar events occur which affect the
          value of the Common Stock; or

     (iv) whenever the Committee  determines such adjustments are appropriate to
          prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential  benefits
          intended to be made available under the Plan.


<PAGE>

5.   ELIGIBLE PERSONS

     Only persons who are  employees of the Company shall be eligible to receive
     Awards  under  the Plan  ("Participants").  No  Award  shall be made to any
     member of the Committee or any other non-employee director of the Company.

6.   PURCHASE PRICE OF STOCK OPTIONS

     The purchase  price for each share of Common Stock  issuable  under a Stock
     Option  shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market  Value of the shares
     of Common Stock on the date of grant.  "Fair  Market  Value" as used in the
     Plan shall equal the mean of the high and low price of the Common  Stock on
     the New York Stock Exchange on the applicable date.

7.   STOCK OPTION TERM AND TYPE

     The term of any  Stock  Option as  determined  by the  Committee  shall not
     exceed 10 years from the date of grant and shall  expire as of the close of
     business on the last day of the designated term, unless terminated  earlier
     under the  provisions  of the Plan.  All Stock Option grants under the Plan
     shall be non-qualified stock options governed by Section 83 of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") .

8.   EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTIONS

     A.   Of the  15,000,000  shares of Common  Stock  authorized  for  issuance
          hereunder,  not less than  3,000,000  shall be  issued  only as salary
          replacement  Stock  Options  ("SRO's")  in lieu of  salary  increases,
          compensation or other employee benefits, subject that SRO's granted to
          directors  pursuant to the Stock Plan for Directors (as amended) shall
          also be included within such 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock.  Except
          as provided in Sections 12 and 13, each Stock Option  issued as an SRO
          may be exercised as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

     B.   Except as  provided  in  Sections  12 and 13 (Change  of  Control  and
          Termination of Employment),  each Stock Option, other than an SRO, may
          be exercised  from the date of grant no sooner than in  increments  of
          one-third  after two years,  one-third after three years and one-third
          after four years,  subject to the Participant's  continued  employment
          with the Company  and in  accordance  with other terms and  conditions
          prescribed by the  Committee  which may specify a longer period before
          an option may be exercised.

     C.   The number of shares of Common Stock subject to Stock Options  granted
          under the Plan to any single  Participant  shall not exceed 10% of the
          total  number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under this
          Plan.

     D.   A  Participant  exercising  a Stock  Option  shall give  notice to the
          Company of such  exercise  and of the  number of shares  elected to be
          purchased  prior to 5:00 P.M.  EST/EDT on the day of  exercise,  which
          must be a business day at the executive offices of the Company. At the
          time of purchase, the Participant shall tender the full purchase price
          of the  shares  purchased.  Until  such  payment  has been  made and a
          certificate or certificates  for the shares  purchased has been issued
          in  the   Participant's   name,  the  Participant   shall  possess  no
          stockholder  rights  with  respect  to such  shares.  Payment  of such
          purchase price shall be made to the Company, subject to any applicable
          rule or regulation adopted by the Committee:

          (i)  in cash  (including  check,  draft,  money order or wire transfer
               made payable to the order of the Company);

          (ii) through  the  delivery  of shares of  Common  Stock  owned by the
               Participant; or

          (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) above.


<PAGE>

          For  determining  the amount of the payment,  Common  Stock  delivered
          pursuant  to (ii) or (iii) shall have a value equal to the Fair Market
          Value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise.

9.   RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

     With respect to Awards of Restricted  Stock and Restricted Stock Units, the
     Committee shall:

     (i)  select  Participants  to whom  Awards  will  be  made,  provided  that
          Restricted  Stock Units may only be awarded to those  employees of the
          Company who are employed in a country other than the United States;

     (ii) determine  the number of shares of  Restricted  Stock or the number of
          Restricted Stock Units to be awarded;

     (iii)determine the length of the restricted period,  which shall be no less
          than one year;

     (iv) determine the purchase  price,  if any, to be paid by the  Participant
          for Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units; and

     (v)  determine any restrictions  other than those set forth in this Section
          9.

     Any shares of  Restricted  Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in
     such  manner  as  the  Committee  deems  appropriate,   including,  without
     limitation,  book-entry registration or issuance of stock certificates, and
     may be held in escrow.

     Subject to the  restrictions  set forth in this Section 9, each Participant
     who receives  Restricted  Stock shall have all rights as a stockholder with
     respect to such shares,  including the right to vote the shares and receive
     dividends and other distributions.

     Each  Participant who receives  Restricted Stock Units shall be eligible to
     receive,  at the expiration of the applicable  restricted period, one share
     of Common Stock for each  Restricted  Stock Unit  awarded,  and the Company
     shall  issue  to and  register  in the  name of  each  such  Participant  a
     certificate  for that number of shares of Common  Stock.  Participants  who
     receive  Restricted  Stock Units shall have no rights as stockholders  with
     respect  to  such   Restricted   Stock  Units  until  such  time  as  share
     certificates  for Common  Stock are issued to the  Participants;  provided,
     however,  that quarterly  during the applicable  restricted  period for all
     Restricted  Stock Units  awarded  hereunder,  the Company shall pay to each
     such  Participant  an amount  equal to the sum of all  dividends  and other
     distributions  paid  by the  Company  during  the  prior  quarter  on  that
     equivalent number of shares of Common Stock.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 12, for awards of Restricted  Stock or
     Restricted Stock Units which have a deposit requirement, a Participant will
     be eligible to vest only in those shares of Restricted  Stock or Restricted
     Stock  Units for which  personally-owned  shares  are on  deposit  with the
     Company  as of the  date the  Participant's  employment  with  the  Company
     terminates.

     The  total  number  of  shares  of Common  Stock  issued  upon  vesting  of
     Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan shall not
     exceed  10% of the total  number of  shares  of Common  Stock  which may be
     issued under this Plan, and no single  Participant  shall receive under the
     Plan Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units which, upon vesting,  would
     exceed 2% of the total number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued
     under the Plan.

10.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY

     Except as otherwise  provided in Section 9, no shares of  Restricted  Stock
     and no  Restricted  Stock  Units  shall  be sold,  exchanged,  transferred,
     pledged,  or otherwise  disposed of during the restricted  period. No Stock
     Options  granted  under this Plan shall be  transferable  by a  Participant
     otherwise than (i) by the Participant's  last will and


<PAGE>

     testament or (ii) by the applicable  laws of descent and  distribution,  or
     (iii) by gift by a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act
     and is  eligible  for  retirement  (age 55 with 10 years of  service)  to a
     "family  member"  defined by the  Committee.  Such Stock  Options  shall be
     exercised during the Participant's  lifetime only by the Participant or his
     or her guardian or legal  representative or the donee family member.  After
     death,  such Stock Option may be exercised in accordance  with Section 13B.
     Other than as set forth herein, no Award under the Plan shall be subject to
     anticipation,  alienation, sale, transfer,  assignment, pledge, encumbrance
     or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void.

11.  WITHHOLDING TAXES

     It shall be a condition to the  obligation of the Company to deliver shares
     upon the exercise of a Stock  Option,  the vesting of  Restricted  Stock or
     Restricted  Stock  Units  and  the  corresponding  issuance  of  shares  of
     unrestricted  Common Stock, that the Participant pay to the Company cash in
     an amount equal to all federal,  state, local and foreign withholding taxes
     required to be collected in respect thereof.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing,  to the extent permitted by law and pursuant
     to such rules as the Committee may adopt,  a Participant  may authorize the
     Company  to satisfy  any such  withholding  requirement  by  directing  the
     Company to withhold from any shares of Common Stock to be issued,  all or a
     portion of such  number of shares as shall be  sufficient  to  satisfy  the
     withholding  obligation,  provided  that  in the  case  of the  vesting  of
     Restricted  Stock or Restricted Stock Units, the number of shares of Common
     Stock to be issued equals or exceeds 500.

12.  CHANGE OF CONTROL

     Each   outstanding   Stock  Option  shall  become   immediately  and  fully
     exercisable  for a period of 6 months  following  the date of the following
     occurrences, each constituting a "Change of Control":

     (i)  if any person (including a group as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the
          1934 Act) becomes, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 20%
          or more of the shares of the Company entitled to vote for the election
          of directors;

     (ii) as a result of or in connection  with any cash tender offer,  exchange
          offer,  merger  or  other  business  combination,  sale of  assets  or
          contested election,  or combination of the foregoing,  the persons who
          were  directors  of the  Company  just  prior to such  event  cease to
          constitute a majority of the Company's Board of Directors; or

     (iii)the  stockholders of the Company approve an agreement  providing for a
          transaction  in which  the  Company  will  cease to be an  independent
          publicly-owned  corporation  or a sale or other  disposition of all or
          substantially all of the assets of the Company occurs.

     After such 6-month period the normal option exercise provisions of the Plan
     shall govern.  In the event a  Participant  is terminated as an employee of
     the Company  within 2 years after any of the events  specified in (i), (ii)
     or (iii), his or her outstanding  Stock Options at that date of termination
     shall become immediately exercisable for a period of 3 months.

     With respect to Stock Option grants  outstanding as of the date of any such
     Change of Control  which  require  the deposit of owned  Common  Stock as a
     condition  to  obtaining  rights:  (a) said  deposit  requirement  shall be
     terminated  as of the date of the Change of Control and any such  deposited
     stock  shall  be  promptly  returned  to  the  Participant;   and  (b)  any
     restrictions  on the sale of shares  issued in  respect  of any such  Stock
     Option shall lapse.

     In the event of a Change of Control, a Participant shall vest in all shares
     of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, effective as of the date of
     such Change of Control,  and any deposited  shares of Common Stock shall be
     promptly returned to the Participant.


<PAGE>

13.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     A.   Termination of Employment

          If the  Participant's  employment  by the Company  terminates  for any
          reason other than as specified herein or in subsections B, C or D, the
          Participant's  Stock  Options  shall  terminate  3 months  after  such
          termination  and all  shares of  Restricted  Stock and all  Restricted
          Stock Units which are subject to  restriction  as of said  termination
          date shall be forfeited  by the  Participant  to the  Company.  In the
          event a  Participant's  employment  with the Company is terminated for
          the  convenience of the Company,  as determined by the Committee,  the
          Committee, in its sole discretion, may vest such Participant in all or
          any  portion  of   outstanding   Stock  Options  (which  shall  become
          exercisable)  and/or  shares of Restricted  Stock or Restricted  Stock
          Units  awarded to such  Participant,  effective as of the date of such
          termination.

     B.   Death

          If a Participant  should die while employed by the Company,  any Stock
          Option previously  granted under this Plan may be exercised (i) by the
          person  designated in such  Participant's  last will and testament or,
          (ii) in the absence of such designation,  by the Participant's estate,
          or (iii) by the donee of a Stock  Option  made  pursuant to Section 10
          (iii),  to the full  extent  that such  Stock  Option  could have been
          exercised by such  Participant  immediately  prior to death.  Further,
          with respect to outstanding  Stock Option grants which, as of the date
          of death,  are not yet  exercisable,  any such option grant shall vest
          and become exercisable in a pro-rata amount,  based on the full months
          of employment  completed  during the full vesting  period of the Stock
          Option from the date of grant to the date of death.

          With respect to Stock Option grants which require the deposit of owned
          Common Stock as a condition to obtaining exercise rights, in the event
          a  Participant  should die while  employed by the Company,  said Stock
          Options may be  exercised  as provided in the first  paragraph of this
          Section 13B, subject to the following special conditions:

          (i)  any  restrictions  on the sale of shares issued in respect of any
               such Stock Option shall cease; and

          (ii) any owned Common Stock deposited by the  Participant  pursuant to
               said grant shall be promptly returned to the person designated in
               such  Participant's last will and testament or, in the absence of
               such   designation,   to  the  Participant's   estate,   and  all
               requirements  regarding  deposit  by  the  Participant  shall  be
               terminated.

          A Participant who dies during any applicable  restricted  period shall
          vest in a  proportionate  number  of  shares  of  Restricted  Stock or
          Restricted  Stock  Units,  effective  as of the  date of  death.  Such
          proportionate  vesting shall be pro-rata,  based on the number of full
          months of employment  completed during the restricted  period prior to
          the  date of  death,  as a  percentage  of the  applicable  restricted
          period.

     C.   Retirement

          The Committee shall determine,  at the time of grant, the treatment of
          the Stock Option upon the retirement of the Participant.  Unless other
          terms  are  specified  in the  original  Stock  Option  grant,  if the
          termination of employment is due to a  Participant's  retirement on or
          after  age  55  with  10  years  of  service  with  the  Company,  the
          Participant may exercise a Stock Option, subject to the original terms
          and  conditions  of the Stock  Option.  With  respect to Stock  Option
          grants which  require the deposit of owned Common Stock as a condition
          to obtaining rights,  any restrictions on the sale of shares issued in
          respect of any such Stock  Option  shall lapse at the date of any such
          retirement.

          A  Participant  who retires on or after the date he or she attains age
          65 shall fully vest in all shares of  Restricted  Stock or  Restricted
          Stock Units,  effective as of the date of retirement  (unless any such
          award specifically provides otherwise).


<PAGE>

          A Participant who takes early  retirement  (after age 55, but prior to
          age 65) during any  applicable  restricted  period may elect either of
          the  following  alternatives  with  respect  to  Restricted  Stock  or
          Restricted  Stock Units (unless any such award  specifically  provides
          otherwise):

          (a)  Leave  owned  shares on deposit  with the Company and vest in all
               shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted  Stock Units,  effective
               as of the earlier of the date the  Participant  attains age 65 or
               the termination date of the applicable restricted period; or

          (b)  Withdraw  owned  shares  and vest in a  proportionate  number  of
               shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted  Stock Units,  effective
               as of  the  date  the  shares  on  deposit  are  withdrawn.  Such
               proportionate  vesting shall be pro-rata,  based on the number of
               full months of employment  completed during the restricted period
               prior to the date of early  retirement,  as a  percentage  of the
               applicable restricted period.

     D.   Spin-offs

          If the termination of employment is due to the cessation, transfer, or
          spin-off of a complete line of business of the Company, the Committee,
          in  its  sole  discretion,   shall  determine  the  treatment  of  all
          outstanding Awards under the Plan.

14.  AMENDMENTS OF THE PLAN

     The Plan may be terminated,  modified, or amended by the Board of Directors
     of the Company.  The Committee may from time to time  prescribe,  amend and
     rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan. Subject to the approval
     of the Board of Directors, the Committee may at any time terminate, modify,
     or suspend the  operation  of the Plan,  provided  that no action  shall be
     taken by the Board of  Directors or the  Committee  without the approval of
     the stockholders of the Company which would:

     (i)  materially increase the number of shares which may be issued under the
          Plan;

     (ii) materially  increase the benefits  accruing to Participants  under the
          Plan; or

     (iii)materially   modify   the   requirements   as   to   eligibility   for
          participating in the Plan.

     The Board of  Directors  shall have  authority to cause the Company to take
     any action  related to the Plan which may be  required  to comply  with the
     provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the 1934 Act, and the
     rules and regulations prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     Any such action shall be at the expense of the Company.

     No termination,  modification,  suspension,  or amendment of the Plan shall
     alter or impair the rights of any  Participant  pursuant  to a prior  Award
     without  the  consent  of  the  Participant.  There  is no  obligation  for
     uniformity of treatment of Participants under the Plan.

15.  FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS

     The  Committee  may adopt,  amend,  and terminate  such  arrangements,  not
     inconsistent  with the  intent of the  Plan,  as it may deem  necessary  or
     desirable  to make  available  tax or  other  benefits  of the  laws of any
     foreign  jurisdiction,  to employees of the Company who are subject to such
     laws and who receive Awards under the Plan.

16.  NOTICE

     All  notices  to the  Company  regarding  the  Plan  shall  be in  writing,
     effective as of actual receipt by the Company, and shall be sent to:


<PAGE>

     Darden Restaurants, Inc.
     5900 Lake Ellenor Dr.
     Orlando, FL 32809
     Attn: General Counsel

Effective May 28, 1995




                                  EXHIBIT 10(f)

                            STOCK PLAN FOR DIRECTORS


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10(f)
                            DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.

                            STOCK PLAN FOR DIRECTORS


                          (AS AMENDED DECEMBER 10, 1996
                               AND JUNE 26, 1998)



THIS  DOCUMENT,  DATED  SEPTEMBER  14,  1995  AND  AMENDED  DECEMBER  10,  1996,
CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS  COVERING  SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

Additional  information about this Plan and its  administrators  may be obtained
without charge by writing to the Supervisor,  Stock Compensation  Plans,  Darden
Restaurants,  Inc.,  Compensation  Department,  P.O.  Box  593330,  Orlando,  FL
32859-3330, or by calling (407)245-4293.


<PAGE>

                            DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.

                            STOCK PLAN FOR DIRECTORS


     1. Purpose.  The purpose of the Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  Stock Plan (the
"Plan") for  Directors is to increase the  proprietary  interest of Directors in
Darden Restaurants,  Inc. (the "Company") by granting them non-qualified options
to purchase  Common Stock of the Company  ("Common  Stock") and shares of Common
Stock subject to the  restrictions  described herein  ("Restricted  Stock") that
will promote long-term shareholder value through ownership of Common Stock.

     2.  Administration.  The Plan  shall be  administered  by the  Compensation
Committee  of the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company.  Grants of  options  to
purchase  Common Stock under the Plan and the amount and nature of the awards of
Restricted  Stock shall be made  automatically  or by the Board of  Directors as
provided  in Section 4.  However,  the  Compensation  Committee  shall have full
authority to interpret the Plan, to promulgate such rules and  regulations  with
respect to the Plan as it deems  desirable and to make all other  determinations
necessary  or  appropriate  for  the   administration  of  the  Plan,  and  such
determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in
the Plan.

     3.  Participation.  Each  person who is a Director of the Company or any of
its  subsidiaries  at the  date of each  grant or award  shall  be  eligible  to
participate  in the Plan. A "Director" for purposes of this Plan is defined as a
person who has been  elected to the Board of  Directors  of the Company and does
not have an employee status with the Company.

     4. Awards under the Plan.  The number of shares of Common Stock  authorized
for grants  under the Plan is 250,000  shares plus  additional  shares of Common
Stock held as Treasury Shares pursuant to Section 4(c).

     (a)  Non-qualified Stock Options

          (i) Grant of Options.  Each Director on the effective date of the Plan
     shall be awarded an option  (an  "Option")  to  purchase  12,500  shares of
     Common  Stock.  Each person who becomes a Director for the first time after
     the effective  date of the Plan also shall be awarded an Option to purchase
     12,500 shares of Common Stock, effective as of the date such person becomes
     a  Director.  In  addition,  at  the  close  of  business  on  each  annual
     shareholders'  meeting,  each  Director  elected or re-elected to the Board
     shall be granted an Option to  purchase  3000 shares of Common  Stock.  The
     written  agreement  evidencing such Options granted under the Plan shall be
     dated as of the applicable date of each grant.  Each Director  receiving an
     Option  grant  shall  execute  and  return a copy of the  agreement  to the
     Company.  Except for the annual Option grant of 3000 shares of Common Stock
     and "SRO's",  as provided in Section 4(c),  any shares  issued  pursuant to
     Options may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but unissued shares
     of Common Stock,  shares of Common Stock held in the Company's  treasury or
     Common Stock purchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.  All
     Options  granted  under  the Plan  shall  be  non-qualified  stock  options
     governed by Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (ii)  Option  Exercise  Price.  The per share  price to be paid by the
     Director  at the  time an  Option  is  exercised  shall be 100% of the Fair
     Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.  "Fair Market Value"
     shall equal the mean of the high and low price for the Common  Stock on the
     New York  Stock  Exchange  on the  relevant  date or, if the New York Stock
     Exchange is closed on that date,  on the last  preceding  date on which the
     Exchange was open for trading.

          (iii) Term of Option. Each Option shall expire ten (10) years from the
     date of grant.

          (iv) Exercise of Option. Options shall be exercisable only after three
     years  from the date the  Option is  granted  except  that  "SRO's"  may be
     exercised  after a period of six months or longer if so  determined  by the
     Board of Directors at the date of the grant of the SRO.


<PAGE>

          (v) Method of Exercise  and Tax  Obligations.  Each notice of exercise
     shall  be  accompanied  by the full  purchase  price  of the  shares  being
     purchased.  Such payment may be made in cash, check, shares of Common Stock
     valued using the Fair Market Value as of the exercise date or a combination
     thereof. The Company may also require payment of the amount of any federal,
     state or local withholding tax attributable to the exercise of an Option or
     the delivery of shares of Common Stock upon lapse of the Restricted  Period
     described below.

          (vi) Non-transferability.  An  Option  shall  be  non-assignable   and
     non-transferable  by a Director other than by (i) the Director's  last will
     and testament, or (ii) the applicable laws of descent and distribution,  or
     (iii)  by  gift  by  a  Director  to  a  "family  member"  defined  by  the
     Compensation Committee.  Such Option may be exercised only by such Director
     or his or her guardian or legal  representative or the donee family member.
     A Director shall forfeit any Option assigned or transferred, voluntarily or
     involuntarily, other than as permitted under this subsection.

     (b)  Restricted Stock.

          (i) Awards.  Each Director on the effective  date of the Plan shall be
     granted an award of 3,000 shares of Common  Stock,  restricted as described
     below  ("Restricted  Stock").  At the close of business on each  successive
     annual stockholders' meeting date thereafter, each Director then elected or
     re-elected  to the  Board  shall be  granted  an award of 3,000  shares  of
     Restricted Stock.

          (ii) Restricted  Period.  The  restrictions set forth shall apply from
     the date of each grant until the earlier of the following: (1) the last day
     on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading  immediately prior
     to the  annual  stockholders  meeting  next  succeeding  the  grant of such
     Restricted  Stock,  or (2) completion of the Director's  term of service on
     the Board of Directors by retirement,  death or disability (the "Restricted
     Period");  provided,  however, that for the first grant of Restricted Stock
     made hereunder,  the annual stockholders  meeting next succeeding the grant
     shall be deemed to be the annual  stockholders  meeting held in  September,
     1996. Until the expiration of the Restricted Period, none of the Restricted
     Stock may be sold, transferred,  assigned,  pledged or otherwise encumbered
     or disposed of, and all of the Restricted  Stock shall be forfeited and all
     further rights of the Director to or with respect to such Restricted  Stock
     shall  terminate  without any  obligation on the part of the Company unless
     the Director  has  remained a Director  throughout  the  Restricted  Period
     applicable to such Restricted Stock.

          (iii)  Other  Terms and  Conditions.  Any shares of  Restricted  Stock
     granted  hereunder may be evidenced in such manner as the  Committee  deems
     appropriate,  including,  without  limitation,  book-entry  registration or
     issuance of stock certificates, and may be held in escrow. If certificated,
     each  such   certificate   shall  bear  a  legend   giving  notice  of  the
     restrictions.  Each  Director  must also endorse in blank and return to the
     Company a stock  power  for each  grant of  Restricted  Stock.  During  the
     Restricted  Period,  each Director shall have all the rights and privileges
     of a shareholder with respect to the Restricted Stock,  including the right
     to vote the shares and to receive dividends  thereon.  At the expiration of
     the Restricted Period, a stock certificate free of all restrictions for the
     number of shares of Restricted  Stock so  registered  shall be delivered to
     the Director or his or her estate.

     (c)  "SRO's".

     In addition to the Options for 12,500  shares and the annual  grant of 3000
shares  of  Common  Stock  described  in  Section  4(a)(i)  above,  the Board of
Directors also shall grant SRO Options to one or more of the Directors  pursuant
to the  annual  decision  of each  Director  in lieu of all or part of an annual
retainer or for directors fees for attendance at Board or Committee  meetings or
other compensation for services as a Director.  Such grants shall be made on the
last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company for  compensation  accrued during
such  quarter  and be valued  by the same  formula  as used by the  Compensation
Committee  for awards of SRO's to employees  of the  Company.  All SRO's and the
annual Option of 3000 shares of Common Stock granted under this Plan are


<PAGE>

subject  to the  requirement  that the  exercise  of any "SRO" or of the  annual
Option of 3000 shares shall be satisfied  and effected  solely from Common Stock
held in the Company's treasury.

     (d)  Change of Control.

     The Options granted hereunder shall become exercisable and the restrictions
on the  Restricted  Stock  shall  lapse  upon the  occurrence  of a  "Change  of
Control." Each of the following shall constitute a "Change of Control":

          (a) if any person (including a group as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of
     the 1934 Act) becomes, directly or indirectly,  the beneficial owner of 20%
     or more of the shares of the Company  entitled to vote for the  election of
     directors;

          (b) as a  result  of or in  connection  with any  cash  tender  offer,
     exchange  offer,  merger or other business  combination,  sale of assets or
     contested election,  or combination of the foregoing,  the persons who were
     Directors  of the Company  just prior to such event cease to  constitute  a
     majority of the Company's Board of Directors; or

          (c) the stockholders of the Company approve an agreement providing for
     a  transaction  in  which  the  Company  will  cease  to be an  independent
     publicly-owned  corporation  or a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all or
     substantially all of the assets of the Company occurs.

     5.  Adjustments.  In the  event  of a stock  dividend  or stock  split,  or
combination or other reduction in the number of issued shares of Common Stock, a
merger,  consolidation,  reorganization,  recapitalization,  sale or exchange of
substantially  all  assets  or  dissolution  of the  Company,  or  whenever  the
Committee  determines such  adjustments  are appropriate to prevent  dilution or
enlargement of the benefits or potential  benefits intended to be made available
under this Plan, then  appropriate  adjustments  shall be made in the shares and
number of shares of Common Stock subject to and  authorized by this Plan and the
number of Options and  Restricted  Stock  previously  granted  hereunder and the
exercise  price of Options  previously  granted  hereunder,  in order to prevent
dilution or enlargement of the rights of the Directors under the Plan.

     6.  Amendment of the Plan.  The Board of Directors may suspend or terminate
the Plan or any  portion  thereof at any time,  and the Board of  Directors  may
amend the Plan from time to time as may be deemed to be in the best interests of
the  Company;  provided,   however,  that  no  such  amendment,   alteration  or
discontinuation  shall be made (a) that  would  impair  the rights of a Director
with respect to Options and Restricted Stock theretofore  awarded,  without such
person's consent,  or (b) without the approval of the stockholders,  (i) if such
approval is  necessary to comply with any legal,  tax or statutory  requirement,
including any approval  requirement which is a prerequisite for exemptive relief
from Section 16 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") or (ii)
would  materially  change the  definition of persons  eligible to receive awards
under this Plan,  or (c) unless  such  amendment  is  necessary  to comply  with
changes in the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  or the  Employment
Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as  amended,  or  rules  promulgated
thereunder.

     7.  Miscellaneous  Provisions.  Neither  the  Plan  nor  any  action  taken
hereunder  shall be  construed  as giving any Director any right to be nominated
for  re-election  to the Board.  The Plan shall be  governed  by the laws of the
state of Florida.

     8. Effective Date and Duration of Plan. The Plan shall be deemed  effective
as of the effective date of the  distribution  of Common Stock to the holders of
General  Mills,  Inc.  Common  Stock.  No awards shall be made  hereunder  after
September 30, 2000.

     9.  Section 16. With  respect to persons  subject to Section 16 of the 1934
Act,  transactions  under the Plan are  intended to comply  with all  applicable
conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the 1934 Act. To the extent any
provision of the Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be
deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the
Committee.


<PAGE>

Effective May 28, 1995




                                  EXHIBIT 10(g)

                  COMPENSATION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10(g)

                            DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.

                  COMPENSATION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

                           (as amended June 17, 1997)



<PAGE>


                            DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
                  COMPENSATION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

                                     PART I

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

A.   OBJECTIVE AND SUMMARY OF THE PLAN

     It is the intent of the Company to provide a  compensation  program for its
     non-employee  directors  which will  attract  and retain  highly  qualified
     individuals  to serve in this  capacity.  This program  shall be called the
     "Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  Compensation  Plan for Non-Employee  Directors
     (hereinafter the "Plan"). "Compensation" shall mean the annual retainer and
     meeting fees for each regular or special Board of Directors meeting and any
     committee  meeting  attended.  Such  Compensation  may be  received  in any
     combination of the following:

          1.   Cash
          2.   Deferred Cash
          3.   Darden Restaurants, Inc. Common Stock ("Common Stock")

     The combination of alternatives for each non-employee  director shall equal
     the  aggregate  Compensation  earned by each  non-employee  director.  Such
     Compensation  shall be  distributed  as outlined  in Parts II, III,  and IV
     hereof.

B.   ADMINISTRATION

     The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation  Committee  (hereinafter
     the  "Committee") of the Board of Directors.  The Committee shall have full
     authority and complete discretion to interpret the Plan, to promulgate such
     rules and regulations with respect to the Plan as it deems desirable and to
     make  all  other   determinations   necessary   or   appropriate   for  the
     administration  of the  Plan,  and such  determinations  shall be final and
     binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan.

C.   AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

     The number of shares of Company Common Stock  authorized to be issued under
     Part IV hereof is 50,000.

D.   EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION OF THE PLAN

     The Plan shall be deemed to be  effective as of the  effective  date of the
     distribution  of Common Stock to the holders of General Mills,  Inc. common
     stock. No awards shall be made hereunder after September 30, 2000.

E.   AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

     The Board of  Directors  may suspend or  terminate  the Plan or any portion
     thereof  at any time,  and the Board of  Directors  may amend the Plan from
     time to time as may be deemed to be in the best  interests  of the Company;
     provided, however, that no such amendment,  suspension or termination shall
     be made (a) which would impair the rights of a  non-employee  director with
     respect to Compensation  theretofore earned, without such person's consent,
     or (b) without the  approval of the  stockholders,  which would  materially
     increase  the  maximum  number of shares  subject to this Plan,  materially
     increase the maximum number of shares issuable to any non-employee director
     under this Plan, or materially change the definition of persons eligible to
     receive  awards under this Plan, or (c) if the Plan has been amended within
     the preceding six months, unless such amendment is necessary to comply with
     changes in the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  or the Employee
     Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,  or rules  promulgated
     thereunder.


<PAGE>

F.   CHANGE OF CONTROL

     After a "Change in  Control,"  no  amendments,  suspension  to or action to
     terminate the Plan may be made which would affect Compensation earned prior
     to such amendments,  suspensions or termination without the written consent
     of a majority of participants  determined as of the day before a "Change in
     Control." Any decision or interpretation  adopted by the Committee shall be
     final and  conclusive.  A "Change in Control"  shall mean the occurrence of
     any of the following events:

     1.   if any person (including a group as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes, directly or indirectly,  the
          beneficial  owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the shares of the
          Company entitled to vote for the election of directors;

     2.   as a result of or in connection  with any cash tender offer,  exchange
          offer,  merger  or  other  business  combination,  sale of  assets  or
          contested election,  or combination of the foregoing,  the persons who
          were  directors of the Company just prior to such event shall cease to
          constitute a majority of the Company's Board of Directors; or

     3.   the  stockholders of the Company approve an agreement  providing for a
          transaction  in which  the  Company  will  cease to be an  independent
          publicly-owned  corporation  or a sale or other  disposition of all or
          substantially all of the assets of the Company occurs.

G.   PARTICIPATION

     1.   Each non-employee  director of Darden Restaurants,  Inc., may elect by
          written  notice to the Company on or before  each  annual  stockholder
          meeting, to participate in the Compensation  alternative provisions of
          the Plan.  Any  combination of the  alternatives--Cash,  Deferred Cash
          and/or Company Common Stock--may be elected, provided the aggregate of
          the   alternatives   elected   equals  one  hundred   percent  of  the
          non-employee director's Compensation.

     2.   The election shall remain in effect for a one-year  period which shall
          begin the day of the  annual  stockholders  meeting in  September  and
          terminate the day before the succeeding  annual  stockholders  meeting
          (hereinafter "Plan Year"); provided,  however, that the first election
          hereunder shall remain effective until the annual stockholders meeting
          to be held in September  1996.  If a  non-employee  director  fails to
          submit an election prior to the  commencement  of a new Plan Year, the
          election from the prior year shall remain in effect.

     3.   The Plan Year shall include four Plan  Quarters.  Plan Quarters  shall
          correspond to the Company's fiscal quarters.

     4.   A director  elected to the Board after the September Board meeting may
          elect,  by written notice to the Company before such  director's  term
          begins,  to  participate  in the  Compensation  alternatives  for  the
          remainder of that Plan Year, and elections for succeeding  years shall
          be on the same basis as other directors.

     5.   As soon as possible after the end of each Plan Year, the Company shall
          supply to each participant an account statement of participation under
          the Plan.

     6.   Unless otherwise  notified,  all notices under this Plan shall be sent
          in writing to the Company, attention the Supervisor,  Management Stock
          Plans, 5900 Lake Ellenor Dr., Orlando, FL 32809. All correspondence to
          the participants  shall be sent to the address which is their recorded
          address as listed on the election forms.


<PAGE>
                                     PART II

                          CASH COMPENSATION PROVISIONS

A.   Each  non-employee  director  who  elects  to  participate  under  the Cash
     Compensation  Provision  of the Plan  shall  be paid  all or the  specified
     percentage of his or her  Compensation  for the Plan Year in cash, and such
     cash payment shall be made as of the end of each Plan Quarter.

B.   If a participant dies prior to payment in full of all amounts due under the
     Plan,  the  balance  of the  amount  due shall be  payable  in full to such
     participant's  designated  beneficiary,  or, if none, the estate as soon as
     possible following death.

                                    PART III

                      DEFERRED CASH COMPENSATION PROVISION

A.   Each non-employee  director may elect to have all or a specified percentage
     of his or her Compensation for the Plan Year deferred until the participant
     ceases to be a director.

B.   For each  director who has made this Deferred  Cash  election,  the Company
     shall  establish  a deferred  compensation  account  and shall  credit such
     account  monthly for the  Compensation  due.  Interest shall be credited to
     each  such  account  monthly  at the rate or rates  of  return  of funds or
     portfolios  established  under a qualified  benefit plan  maintained by the
     Company  which  the  Committee  or the  Minor  Amendment  Committee  of the
     Committee  (the  "Minor  Amendment  Committee"),  or its  delegate,  in its
     discretion, may from time to time establish.

C.   Distribution of the participant's deferred compensation account shall be as
     follows:

     1.   at the time, and in the form of payment, elected by the participant at
          the time of deferral,  provided that payments will not commence  until
          the participant ceases to be a director; or

     2.   in  the  absence  of an  election  at the  time  of  deferral,  in ten
          substantially equal annual installments beginning on January 1 of each
          year  following  the  year in which  the  participant  ceases  to be a
          director; or

     3.   if  a  participant  makes  a  written  request  before  payments  have
          commenced,  and  such  request  is  approved  by the  Minor  Amendment
          Committee,  payments  may be made  in  some  other  lesser  number  of
          substantially  equal annual  installments or in a single sum paid on a
          date prior to the otherwise scheduled payment commencement date.

     Each  installment  or lump sum payment  shall also include  interest on the
     outstanding  account  balance  to the  first  of the  month  in  which  the
     distribution  occurs. The method of distribution  approved by the Committee
     shall be irrevocable.

D.   In the event of a severe  financial  hardship,  a participant  may apply to
     receive  a  distribution  of his  or her  account  earlier  than  initially
     elected.  The Senior Vice President,  Personnel will review the request and
     make a recommendation  to the Minor Amendment  Committee which, by majority
     action, shall either approve or deny the request. The determination made by
     the Committee  will be final and binding on all parties.  If the request is
     granted,  the  Committee  will  accelerate  payments  only  to  the  extent
     reasonably necessary to alleviate the financial hardship.

E.   If a participant dies prior to payment in full of all amounts due under the
     Plan,  the  balance  of the  amount  due  shall be  payable  in full to the
     participant's  designated  beneficiary,  or, if none, the estate as soon as
     possible following death.


<PAGE>

F.   Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this Plan to the  contrary,  the
     Committee, by majority approval,  may, in its sole discretion,  direct that
     payments be made before such  payments are otherwise due if, for any reason
     (including,  but not limited to, a change in the tax or revenue laws of the
     United States of America, a published ruling or similar announcement issued
     by the Internal  Revenue Service,  a regulation  issued by the Secretary of
     the Treasury or his or her delegate,  or a decision by a court of competent
     jurisdiction  involving a participant or  beneficiary),  it believes that a
     participant  or beneficiary  has  recognized or will  recognize  income for
     federal  income tax  purposes  with  respect to amounts that are or will be
     payable to him under the Plan  before  they are paid to him. In making this
     determination,  the  Committee  shall take into account the  hardship  that
     would be  imposed  on the  participant  or  beneficiary  by the  payment of
     federal income taxes under such circumstances.

                                     PART IV

                           GMI COMMON STOCK PROVISIONS

A.   Each participant may elect to receive all or a specified  percentage of his
     or her  Compensation  in shares of Darden  Restaurants,  Inc. Common Stock,
     which will be issued at the end of each Plan Quarter.

B.   The Company  shall  ensure that an adequate  number of Darden  Restaurants,
     Inc.  shares  of Common  Stock  are  available  for  distribution  to those
     participants making this election.

C.   Only whole  number of shares  will be  issued,  with any  fractional  share
     amounts paid in cash.

D.   For purposes of computing  the number of shares  earned each Plan  Quarter,
     the  value  of each  share  shall  be equal to the mean of the high and low
     price of shares of Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  Common Stock on the New York
     Stock  Exchange on the third  Business Day  preceding  the last day of each
     Plan Quarter.  For the purposes of this Plan,  "Business  Day" shall mean a
     day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

E.   If a participant dies prior to payment in full of all amounts due under the
     Plan,  the  balance  of the  amount  due  shall be  payable  in full to the
     participant's  designated  beneficiary,  or, if none, to the  participant's
     estate, in cash, as soon as possible following death.


Effective May 28, 1995



                                   EXHIBIT 12

         COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES


<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 12

                            DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
         COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                           (HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA)

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        MAY 31,      MAY 25,     MAY 26,     MAY 28,      MAY 29,
                                                         1998         1997        1996        1995         1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         ($ AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Consolidated Earnings from Operations before
  Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges,
  Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes and Income
  Taxes..............................................  $ 153,672   $  75,401    $ 188,718   $ 164,446   $ 193,695
Plus Fixed Charges...................................     38,569      39,582       40,822      42,685      38,304
Less Capitalized Interest............................     (1,018)       (739)      (2,007)     (4,327)     (4,087)
                                                       ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------   ---------
Consolidated Earnings from Operations before
  Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges,
  Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes and Income
  Taxes Available to Cover Fixed Charges.............  $ 191,223   $ 114,244    $ 227,533   $ 202,804   $ 227,912
                                                       =========   =========    =========   =========   =========

Ratio of Consolidated Earnings to Fixed Charges......       4.96        2.89         5.57        4.75        5.95
                                                       =========   =========    =========   =========   =========


COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

<CAPTION>
                                                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        MAY 31,      MAY 25,     MAY 26,     MAY 28,      MAY 29,
                                                         1998         1997        1996        1995         1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         ($ AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Pro Forma Consolidated Earnings from Operations
  before Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges,
  Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes and Income
  Taxes..............................................  $ 153,672   $  75,401    $ 188,718   $ 159,076   $ 188,325
Plus Fixed Charges...................................     38,569      39,582       40,822      42,685      38,304
Less Capitalized Interest............................     (1,018)       (739)      (2,007)     (4,327)     (4,087)
                                                       ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------   ---------
Pro Forma Consolidated Earnings from Operations
  before Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges,
  Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes and Income
  Taxes Available to Cover Fixed Charges.............  $ 191,223   $ 114,244    $ 227,533   $ 197,434   $ 222,542
                                                       =========   =========    =========   =========   =========

Ratio of Pro Forma Consolidated Earnings to Fixed
  Charges............................................       4.96        2.89         5.57        4.63        5.81
                                                       =========   =========    =========   =========   =========
</TABLE>

For purposes of computing the ratio of  consolidated  earnings to fixed charges,
earnings represent  consolidated pretax earnings from continuing operations plus
fixed charges (net of capitalized  interest).  Fixed charges represent  interest
(whether   expensed  or   capitalized)   and  40  percent  (the  percent  deemed
representative of the interest factor) of minimum  restaurant lease payments for
continuing operations.

The pro forma adjustments to the historical  consolidated statements of earnings
for each of the two fiscal  years ended May 28, 1995  consist of (a)  additional
annual  general  and  administrative  expenses  of $5,370  which would have been
incurred by Darden as a separate  publicly-held  company,  based on estimates by
the  management of Darden and General  Mills,  and (b) the estimated  income tax
benefit  associated with the pro forma adjustment  described in clause (a) above
at an assumed combined state and federal income tax rate of 39.8 percent.




                                   EXHIBIT 13

                 PORTIONS OF 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
                       (INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN)


<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 13
DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 4

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

     Darden  Restaurants,  Inc. (Darden) was created as an independent  publicly
held  company  in May  1995  through  the  spin-off  of all  of  General  Mills'
restaurant  operations to its  shareholders.  Darden operates 1,151 Red Lobster,
Olive Garden and Bahama Breeze  restaurants in the U.S. and Canada, and licenses
37  restaurants  in Japan.  All of the  restaurants  in the U.S.  and Canada are
operated by the Company with no franchising.

     This discussion should be read in conjunction with the business information
and the consolidated  financial  statements and related notes found elsewhere in
this report. Darden's fiscal year ends on the last Sunday in May.

REVENUES

     Total  revenues  in 1998 (53 weeks)  were  $3.29  billion,  a four  percent
increase from 1997 (52 weeks).  Total revenues in 1997 were $3.17 billion, a one
percent  decrease  from  1996  which  included  $16  million  of sales  from the
discontinued China Coast.(R)

COSTS AND EXPENSES

     Food and beverage  costs for 1998 were 33.0 percent of sales, a decrease of
1.0 percentage  point from 1997 and 0.3  percentage  point from 1996. The higher
level of food and beverage  costs for 1997, as a percentage of sales,  primarily
resulted  from the  repositioning  strategy at Red Lobster,  initiated in 1997's
second  quarter,  that lowered check averages and improved food.  Check averages
and profit  margins  increased  during 1998  primarily  as a result of increased
sales of alcoholic beverages and high-margin food items.

     Restaurant  labor was higher for 1998 at 32.3 percent of sales against 32.1
percent for 1997, and 29.9 percent in 1996. The higher  restaurant  labor levels
in 1998 and 1997 were primarily due to wage rate inflation,  additional training
initiatives  to improve  service at both Red Lobster and Olive Garden and higher
training costs to implement cost-saving systems at Olive Garden.

     Restaurant  expenses (primarily lease expenses,  property taxes,  utilities
and  workers'  compensation  costs)  decreased  in 1998 to 14.7 percent of sales
compared to 15.2  percent in 1997 and 14.3  percent in 1996.  The 1998  decrease
primarily resulted from increased sales levels generated by 1998's 53rd week.

     Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  declined  in 1998 to 10.9
percent of sales  compared to 11.4 percent in 1997 and 11.7 percent in 1996. The
1998 decline resulted from an overall decrease in marketing costs for the year.

     Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  of 3.8  percent  of sales in 1998
decreased  from 4.3 percent in 1997 and 4.2 percent in 1996.  The 1998  decrease
resulted from increased sales levels,  restaurant  closings and asset impairment
write-downs that occurred during 1997's fourth quarter.  Interest expense of 0.6
percent of sales in 1998 decreased from 0.7 percent in 1997 and 1996.

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

     Pre-tax  earnings  increased  by 104  percent  in 1998 to  $153.7  million,
compared to $75.4 million before  restructuring and asset impairment  charges in
1997, and $188.7 million before  restructuring  and asset impairment  charges in
1996.  The  increase in 1998 was mainly  attributable  to  substantially  higher
earnings at Red Lobster resulting from actions during the second quarter of 1997
intended  to  enhance  long-term  performance  through  new menu  items,  bolder
flavors, lower prices and service improvements. Olive Garden also posted a solid
increase in earnings.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     The effective  tax rate for 1998 was 33.8 percent  compared to 27.9 percent
before  restructuring  and asset  impairment  charges in 1997,  and 36.8 percent
before  restructuring and asset impairment charges in 1996. The higher effective
tax rate in 1998 resulted from higher pre-tax earnings. The 33.8 percent rate in
1998  compared to 1997's 41.1  percent  benefit  after  restructuring  and asset
impairment  charges,  and 1996's  34.6  percent  after  restructuring  and asset
impairment  charges.  The unusual effective rate in 1997 resulted from operating
losses combined with federal income tax credits, both of which created an income
tax benefit.

NET EARNINGS AND NET EARNINGS PER SHARE BEFORE RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET
IMPAIRMENT CHARGES

     Net  earnings  for 1998 of $101.7  million  or 67 cents per  diluted  share
increased 87 percent,  compared to net earnings before  restructuring  and asset
impairment  charges for 1997 of $54.3 million or 35 cents per diluted share. Net
earnings before  restructuring and asset impairment charges for 1996 amounted to
$119.2 million or 74 cents per diluted share.



<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 5

NET EARNINGS (LOSS) AND NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

     Net  earnings  for 1998 of $101.7  million  (67 cents  per  diluted  share)
compared with 1997's net loss after  restructuring and asset impairment  charges
of $(91.0)  million (59 cents per diluted  share) and 1996's net earnings  after
restructuring  and  asset  impairment  charges  of $74.4  million  (46 cents per
diluted share).

     During 1997,  an after-tax  restructuring  and asset  impairment  charge of
$145.4  million  (93 cents per  diluted  share) was taken in the fourth  quarter
related to low-performing restaurant properties in the U.S. and Canada and other
long-lived assets including those restaurants that have been closed. The pre-tax
charge  included  approximately  $160.7  million of non-cash  charges  primarily
related to the  write-down of buildings and equipment to net  realizable  value,
and  approximately  $69.2  million of  charges to be settled in cash  related to
carrying costs of buildings and equipment prior to their disposal, lease buy-out
provisions, employee severance and other costs. Cash required to carry out these
activities  is being  provided by operations  and the sale of closed  properties
(see Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

     During 1996,  an after-tax  restructuring  and asset  impairment  charge of
$44.8  million  (28 cents per diluted  share) was taken in the first  quarter to
close all China Coast  operations.  The pre-tax  restructuring  charge  included
approximately  $60.4  million  of  non-cash  charges  primarily  related  to the
write-down of buildings and equipment to net realizable value, and approximately
$14.6  million of charges to be  settled in cash  related to  carrying  costs of
buildings  and equipment  prior to their  disposal,  lease  buy-out  provisions,
employee   severance  and  other  costs.   Cash  required  to  carry  out  these
restructuring  activities is being provided by operations and the sale of closed
properties (see Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     The Company  intends to manage its  business  and its  financial  ratios to
maintain an  investment  grade bond rating,  which allows access to financing at
reasonable  costs.  Currently,  the Company's  publicly  issued  long-term  debt
carries "Baa1"  (Moody's  Investor  Services,  Inc.),  "BBB"  (Standard & Poor's
Corporation)  and "BBB+" (Duff & Phelps  Corporation)  ratings.  Our  commercial
paper has ratings of "P-2" (Moody's),  "A-2" (Standard & Poor's) and "D-2" (Duff
& Phelps).

     Darden's long-term debt includes $150 million of 6.375 percent notes due in
2006,  and $100 million of 7.125 percent  debentures  due in 2016. The effective
annual  interest  rate is 7.57  percent  for the notes and 7.82  percent for the
debentures,  after consideration of loan costs,  issuance discounts and costs to
terminate interest-rate swaps established prior to the distribution from General
Mills.

     Darden's  long-term debt also includes a $66.9 million commercial bank loan
to the Company, with an outstanding principal balance of $62.0 million as of May
31,  1998,  that is used to support two loans from the  Company to the  Employee
Stock  Ownership  Plan portion of the Darden  Savings Plan  (formerly the Profit
Sharing and Savings Plan for Darden Restaurants,  Inc.) (the "ESOP"). During the
fiscal  year ended May 25,  1997,  the ESOP  refinanced  $50 million in existing
debt,  which was  previously  guaranteed  by the Company.  The  refinancing  was
accomplished  by the commercial  bank's loan to the Company and a  corresponding
loan from the Company to the ESOP.

     Commercial paper is the primary source of short-term financing. Bank credit
lines are maintained to ensure  availability of short-term funds on an as-needed
basis. Available fee-paid credit lines, all of which are unused at May 31, 1998,
total $250 million.

     The Company's  adjusted  debt-to-total-capital  ratio (which  includes 6.25
times the total annual restaurant  minimum rent as a component of debt and total
capital)  was 38  percent  and 36  percent at May 31,  1998,  and May 25,  1997,
respectively.  The Company's  fixed-charge  coverage  ratio,  which measures the
number  of times  each  year that the  Company  earns  enough to cover its fixed
charges,  amounted to 5.0 times at May 31, 1998,  and 2.9 times at May 25, 1997.
Based on these ratios, the Company's financial condition remains strong.


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 6

The  composition  of the Company's  capital  structure is shown in the following
table.


CAPITAL STRUCTURE
                                                May 31, 1998        May 25, 1997
                                                $ In millions      $ In millions
                                                -------------      -------------

Short-term debt                                  $     75.1         $     43.4
Long-term debt                                        310.6              313.2
                                                 ----------         ----------
   Total debt                                         385.7              356.6
Stockholders' equity                                1,019.8            1,081.2
                                                 ----------         ----------
     Total capital                               $  1,405.5         $  1,437.8
                                                 ==========         ==========
ADJUSTMENTS TO CAPITAL
Leases-debt equivalent                                250.0              244.5
Adjusted total debt                                   635.7              601.1
Adjusted total capital                           $  1,655.5         $  1,682.3
Debt-to-total-capital ratio                              27%                25%
Adjusted debt-to-total-
  capital ratio                                          38%                36%


     In 1998, the Company  declared  eight cents per share in annual  dividends,
paid in two installments. In December 1997, the Company's Board approved a stock
buy-back  plan  whereby the  Company may  purchase on the open market up to 15.0
million shares of Darden common stock.  This buy-back plan is in addition to two
previously  approved  plans by the Board in  September  1996 and  December  1995
covering  open market  purchases  of up to 9.3  million and 6.5 million  shares,
respectively,  of Darden common stock.  As of May 31, 1998,  20.4 million shares
were purchased under these programs.

     The Company  typically  carries  current  liabilities  in excess of current
assets, because the restaurant business receives substantially immediate payment
for sales (nominal receivables), while inventories and other current liabilities
normally  carry  longer  payment  terms  (usually 15 to 30 days).  The  seasonal
variation in net working  capital is typically in the $30 million to $50 million
range.

     The Company  requires  capital  principally  for building new  restaurants,
replacing  equipment and remodeling  existing units.  Capital  expenditures were
$112  million in 1998,  down from $160  million in 1997 and $214 million in 1996
because  of  decisions  to slow the growth in new Olive  Garden and Red  Lobster
units and, in 1996,  to  discontinue  China Coast  operations.  The 1998 capital
expenditure and dividend requirements were financed primarily through internally
generated  funds.  The Company  generated  $236  million,  $189 million and $294
million  in  funds  from  operating  activities  during  1998,  1997  and  1996,
respectively.

IMPACT OF YEAR 2000

     The  inability  of  computers,   software  and  other  equipment  utilizing
microprocessors  to  recognize  and properly  process  date fields  containing a
two-digit year is commonly referred to as the Year 2000 Compliance issue. As the
year 2000 approaches,  such systems may be unable to accurately  process certain
date-based information.

     The Company has identified all significant  applications  that will require
modification to ensure Year 2000 Compliance. Internal and external resources are
being used to make the required modifications and test Year 2000 Compliance. The
modification  process of all  significant  applications  is well under way.  The
Company plans on completing the testing process of all significant  applications
by the end of fiscal 1999.

     In  addition,  the Company has  communicated  with others with whom it does
significant  business to determine their Year 2000 Compliance  readiness and the
extent to which the Company is vulnerable to any  third-party  Year 2000 issues.
However,  there can be no guarantee that the systems of other companies on which
the  Company's  systems  rely will be converted  in a timely  manner,  or that a
failure to convert by another company, or a conversion that is incompatible with
the Company's systems, would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

     The total cost to the Company of these Year 2000 Compliance  activities has
not been and is not  anticipated  to be  material to its  financial  position or
results of operations  in any given year.  These costs and the date on which the
Company plans to complete the Year 2000  modification and testing  processes are
based on management's  best  estimates,  which were derived  utilizing  numerous
assumptions of future events,  including the continued  availability  of certain
resources,  third-party modification plans and other factors. However, there can
be no guarantee that these estimates will be achieved,  and actual results could
differ from those plans.


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 7

                            [ INTENTIONALLY OMITTED ]


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 8

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Darden Restaurants, Inc.

     We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Darden
Restaurants, Inc. and subsidiaries as of May 31, 1998, and May 25, 1997, and the
related  consolidated  statements of earnings  (loss) and cash flows for each of
the years in the  three-year  period  ended  May 31,  1998.  These  consolidated
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Darden
Restaurants, Inc. and subsidiaries as of May 31, 1998, and May 25, 1997, and the
results  of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year  period ended May 31, 1998, in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Orlando, Florida
June 19, 1998


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS (LOSS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Fiscal Year Ended
(In thousands, except per share data)          May 31, 1998      May 25, 1997     May 26, 1996
                                               ------------      ------------     ------------
<S>                                            <C>               <C>              <C>
Sales                                          $ 3,287,017       $ 3,171,810      $ 3,191,779
Costs and Expenses:
  Cost of sales:
    Food and beverages                           1,083,629         1,077,316        1,062,624
    Restaurant labor                             1,062,490         1,017,315          954,886
    Restaurant expenses                            482,311           481,348          455,626
                                               -----------       -----------      -----------
      Total Cost of Sales                      $ 2,628,430       $ 2,575,979      $ 2,473,136

  Selling, General and Administrative              358,542           361,263          373,920
  Depreciation and Amortization                    126,289           136,876          134,599
  Interest, Net                                     20,084            22,291           21,406
  Restructuring and Asset Impairment                                 229,887           75,000
                                               -----------       -----------      -----------
      Total Costs and Expenses                 $ 3,133,345       $ 3,326,296      $ 3,078,061
                                               -----------       -----------      -----------

Earnings (Loss) before Income Taxes                153,672          (154,486)         113,718
Income Taxes                                        51,958           (63,457)          39,363
                                               -----------       -----------      -----------

Net Earnings (Loss)                            $   101,714       $   (91,029)     $    74,355
                                               ===========       ===========      ===========

Net Earnings (Loss) per Share:
  Basic                                        $      0.69       $    (0.59)      $      0.47
  Diluted                                      $      0.67       $    (0.59)      $      0.46
Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding:
  Basic                                            148,300           155,600          158,700
  Diluted                                          151,400           155,600          161,300

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 9

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)                                                   May 31, 1998     May 25, 1997
                                                                 ------------     ------------
                    ASSETS
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                      $    33,505      $    25,490
  Receivables                                                         27,312           16,333
  Refundable income taxes, net                                                         16,968
  Inventories                                                        182,399          132,241
  Net assets held for disposal                                        49,230           47,471
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                           20,498           14,709
  Deferred income taxes                                               84,597           84,157
                                                                 -----------      -----------
    Total Current Assets                                         $   397,541      $   337,369
Land, Buildings and Equipment                                      1,490,348        1,533,272
Other Assets                                                          96,853           93,081
                                                                 -----------      -----------

        Total Assets                                             $ 1,984,742      $ 1,963,722
                                                                 ===========      ===========

      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                               $   132,938      $   113,087
  Short-term debt                                                     75,100           43,400
  Current portion of long-term debt                                        5                5
  Accrued payroll                                                     73,240           58,312
  Accrued income taxes                                                 1,067
  Other accrued taxes                                                 24,172           22,180
  Other current liabilities                                          252,142          243,596
                                                                 -----------      -----------
    Total Current Liabilities                                    $   558,664      $   480,580
Long-term Debt                                                       310,603          313,187
Deferred Income Taxes                                                 77,054           70,118
Other Liabilities                                                     18,576           18,624
                                                                 -----------      -----------
      Total Liabilities                                          $   964,897      $   882,509
                                                                 -----------      -----------

Stockholders' Equity:
  Common stock and surplus, no par value. Authorized
    500,000 shares; issued and outstanding
    161,580 and 159,944 shares, respectively                     $ 1,286,191      $ 1,268,656
  Preferred stock, no par value.  Authorized 25,000 shares;
    None issued and outstanding
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)                             48,327          (41,706)
  Treasury stock, 20,434 and 6,951 shares, at cost                  (239,876)         (69,184)
  Cumulative foreign currency adjustment                             (11,749)         (10,037)
  Unearned compensation                                              (63,048)         (66,516)
                                                                 -----------      -----------
      Total Stockholders' Equity                                 $ 1,019,845      $ 1,081,213
                                                                 -----------      -----------

        Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity               $ 1,984,742      $ 1,963,722
                                                                 ===========      ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 10

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Fiscal Year Ended
(In thousands)                                                  May 31, 1998      May 25, 1997     May 26, 1996
                                                                ------------      ------------     ------------
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>              <C>
Cash Flows - Operating Activities
  Net Earnings (loss)                                            $  101,714        $  (91,029)      $   74,355
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to cash flow:
    Depreciation and amortization                                   126,289           136,876          134,599
    Amortization of unearned compensation and loan costs              4,682             3,824            1,929
    Change in current assets and liabilities                         (6,791)          (41,401)           9,722
    Change in other liabilities                                         (48)              323            1,861
    Loss on disposal of land, buildings and equipment                 3,132             6,358            6,076
    Deferred income taxes                                             6,496           (52,068)          (3,513)
    Non-cash restructuring and asset impairment expenses                              226,342           69,073
    Other, net                                                          651               (22)             (70)
                                                                 ----------        ----------       ----------
      Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities                  $  236,125        $  189,203       $  294,032
                                                                 ----------        ----------       ----------

Cash Flows - Investment Activities
  Purchases of land, buildings and equipment                       (112,168)         (159,688)        (213,905)
  Purchases of intangibles                                           (1,798)             (651)          (1,200)
  (Increase) decrease in other assets                                (4,112)            1,844             (733)
  Proceeds from disposal of land, buildings and equipment
    (including net assets held for disposal)                         24,494            34,017           16,338
                                                                 ----------        ----------       ----------
      Net Cash Used by Investment Activities                     $  (93,584)       $ (124,478)      $ (199,500)
                                                                 ----------        ----------       ----------

Cash Flows - Financing Activities
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock                             10,606             1,450            7,318
  Income tax benefit credited to equity                               3,808               871            2,570
  Dividends paid                                                    (11,681)          (12,385)         (12,647)
  Purchases of treasury stock                                      (170,692)          (44,147)         (25,037)
  Loan to ESOP                                                                        (66,900)
  ESOP note receivable repayments                                     2,700            19,100            1,100
  Increase (decrease) in short-term debt                             31,700           (29,200)         (25,400)
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                                             66,900          248,303
  Repayment of long-term debt                                        (2,704)           (5,054)        (251,010)
  Payment of interest-rate swap settlement and loan costs                                (213)         (29,520)
  Proceeds from issuance of equity put options                        1,737
                                                                 ----------        ----------       ----------
      Net Cash Used by Financing Activities                      $ (134,526)       $  (69,578)      $  (84,323)
                                                                 ----------        ----------       ----------

Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents                      8,015            (4,853)          10,209
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of Year                        25,490            30,343           20,134
                                                                 ----------        ----------       ----------

Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of Year                          $   33,505        $   25,490       $   30,343
                                                                 ==========        ==========       ==========

Cash Flow from Changes in Current Assets and Liabilities
  Receivables                                                       (10,979)            8,439              558
  Refundable income taxes, net                                       16,968           (16,968)
  Inventories                                                       (50,158)          (11,516)          42,243
  Net assets held for disposal                                                                          (3,088)
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                           1,236             2,589           10,024
  Accounts payable                                                   19,851           (15,109)         (38,503)
  Accrued payroll                                                    14,928             4,635           (1,721)
  Accrued income taxes                                                1,067           (12,522)             572
  Other accrued taxes                                                 1,992             3,259             (675)
  Other current liabilities                                          (1,696)           (4,208)             312
                                                                 ----------        ----------       ----------

Change in Current Assets and Liabilities                         $   (6,791)       $  (41,401)      $    9,722
                                                                 ==========        ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 11

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Dollar amounts in thousands, except
per share data.)

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     A.   PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

     The  accompanying  1998, 1997 and 1996  consolidated  financial  statements
include  the  operations  of  Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  and its  wholly  owned
subsidiaries  (Darden  or  the  Company).  Prior  to  1996,  the  Company  was a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of General  Mills,  Inc.  (General  Mills).  The common
shares of Darden were distributed by General Mills to its stockholders as of May
28, 1995.

     Darden's  fiscal year ends on the last Sunday in May. 1998  consisted of 53
weeks. 1997 and 1996 each consisted of 52 weeks.

     B.   LAND, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT

     All land, buildings and equipment are recorded at cost. Building components
are depreciated over estimated useful lives ranging from seven to 40 years using
the straight-line  method.  Equipment is depreciated over estimated useful lives
ranging  from  three  to  ten  years,  also  using  the  straight-line   method.
Accelerated depreciation methods are generally used for income tax purposes.

     In accordance  with  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
Be Disposed Of," the Company  periodically  reviews restaurant sites and certain
identifiable   intangibles   for  impairment   whenever  events  or  changes  in
circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of an  asset  may  not  be
recoverable.  Measurement of an impairment  loss for such assets is based on the
fair value of the asset.  Restaurant sites and certain identifiable  intangibles
to be  disposed  of are  reported  at the lower of the  carrying  amount or fair
value, less estimated cost to sell.

     C.   INVENTORIES

     Inventories  are  valued at the lower of cost or  market  value,  using the
"first-in, first-out" method.

     D.   INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     The cost of  intangible  assets is  amortized  evenly over their  estimated
useful lives.  Most of these costs were incurred  through the purchase of leases
with  favorable  rent  terms.  The Audit  Committee  of the  Board of  Directors
annually reviews  intangible  assets. At its meeting on June 23, 1998, the Board
of Directors affirmed that the remaining amounts of these assets have continuing
value.

     E.   LIQUOR LICENSES

     The costs of obtaining  non-transferable  liquor licenses that are directly
issued by local  government  agencies  for nominal fees are expensed in the year
incurred.  The costs of purchasing  transferable  liquor  licenses  through open
markets in jurisdictions with a limited number of authorized liquor licenses for
fees in  excess  of  nominal  amounts  are  capitalized.  If there is  permanent
impairment in the value of a liquor license due to market changes,  the asset is
written down to its net realizable value. Annual liquor license renewal fees are
expensed.

     F.   FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

     The Canadian dollar is the functional  currency for the Canadian restaurant
operations.  Assets and liabilities  are translated  using the exchange rates in
effect at the balance sheet date. Results of operations are translated using the
average exchange rates prevailing  throughout the period.  Translation gains and
losses are  accumulated  in a cumulative  foreign  currency  adjustment  account
included as a separate component of stockholders'  equity. Gains and losses from
foreign  currency  transactions  are  generally  included  in  the  consolidated
statements of earnings (loss) for each period.

     G.   PRE-OPENING COSTS

     Prior to 1998, the Company  capitalized  the direct and  incremental  costs
associated with the opening of new restaurants.  These costs were amortized over
a one-year  period from the  restaurant  opening  date.  During 1998 the Company
adopted the  accounting  practice of  expensing  these costs as  incurred.  This
change in accounting  method did not have a significant  impact on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.

     H.   ADVERTISING

     Production  costs of commercials  and programming are charged to operations
in the year first aired. The costs of other advertising, promotion and marketing
programs are charged to operations in the year incurred. Advertising expense was
$186,261, $204,321, and $239,526 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     I.   INCOME TAXES

     The Company  provides for federal and state income taxes currently  payable
as well as for those deferred because of temporary differences between reporting
income and expenses for financial statement purposes and income and expenses for
tax purposes.  Federal  income tax credits are recorded as a reduction of income
taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax



<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 12

consequences   attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement
carrying  amounts of existing assets and  liabilities  and their  respective tax
bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected  to apply to  taxable  income  in the  years in which  those  temporary
differences  are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect of a change in
tax rates is  recognized  as income or expense in the period that  includes  the
enactment date.

     J.   STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     For  purposes  of  the  consolidated  statements  of  cash  flows,  amounts
receivable from credit card companies and investments  purchased with a maturity
of three months or less are considered cash equivalents.

     K.   NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128 (SFAS 128),  "Earnings  Per Share,"
which  requires  presentation  of basic and diluted  earnings  per share.  Basic
earnings  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  income   available  to  common
shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the
reporting  period.  Diluted  earnings per share reflects the potential  dilution
that could occur if  securities  or other  contracts  to issue common stock were
exercised or converted into common stock.  As required,  the Company adopted the
provisions  of SFAS 128 during  1998.  All prior year  weighted  average and per
share  information  has been restated in accordance  with SFAS 128.  Outstanding
stock options issued by the Company represent the only dilutive effect reflected
in diluted weighted average shares.

     Options to  purchase  868,300  and  1,755,000  shares of common  stock were
excluded from the calculation of diluted  earnings per share for the years ended
May 31, 1998,  and May 26, 1996,  respectively,  because their  exercise  prices
exceeded the average  market price of common shares for the period.  All options
were excluded from the calculation of diluted  earnings (loss) per share for the
year ended May 25, 1997, because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.

     L.   DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL AND COMMODITY INSTRUMENTS

     On January 31, 1997, the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (SEC) issued
amended  disclosure  rules for  derivatives  and  exposures  to market risk from
derivative  and other  financial  and certain  commodity  instruments.  Enhanced
accounting policy disclosures in accordance with this SEC release follow.

     The  Company  may,  from  time  to  time,  use  financial  and  commodities
derivatives  in the  management of interest rate and  commodities  pricing risks
that are inherent in its business operations. The Company may also use financial
derivatives  as part of its stock  repurchase  program as  described in Note 10.
Such instruments are not held or issued for trading or speculative purposes. The
Company may, from time to time, use interest rate swap and cap agreements in the
management of interest rate exposure.  The interest rate differential to be paid
or received is normally accrued as interest rates change, and is recognized as a
component of interest  expense over the life of the agreements.  If an agreement
is terminated  prior to the maturity date and is  characterized  as a hedge, any
accrued rate  differential  would be deferred and recognized as interest expense
over  the  life  of the  hedged  item.  The  Company  uses  commodities  hedging
instruments,  including  forwards,  futures and  options,  to reduce the risk of
price fluctuations related to future raw materials  requirements for commodities
such as coffee, soybean oil, and shrimp. The terms of such instruments generally
do not exceed 12 months,  and depend on the commodity and other market  factors.
Deferred gains and losses are subsequently  recorded as cost of products sold in
the statement of earnings (loss) when the inventory is sold. If the inventory is
not  acquired  and the  hedge  is  disposed  of,  the  deferred  gain or loss is
recognized  immediately  in cost of products sold. The Company does not have any
material risk from any of the above financial instruments,  and the Company does
not anticipate any material losses from the use of such instruments.


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 13

     M.   USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements,  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimated.

     N.   ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK OPTIONS

     During  1997,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
Standards  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based   Compensation,"  which  was
effective  for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1995.  The statement
encourages the use of a  fair-value-based  method of accounting for  stock-based
awards under which the fair value of stock  options is determined on the date of
grant and expensed over the vesting period. Companies may, however,  continue to
measure  compensation  costs for those  plans  using the  method  prescribed  by
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No. 25 (APB 25),  "Accounting  for Stock
Issued to  Employees."  Companies  that continue to apply APB 25 are required to
include pro forma disclosures of net earnings (loss) and net earnings (loss) per
share as if the  fair-value-based  method of accounting  had been  applied.  The
Company has  elected to continue to account for such plans under the  provisions
of APB 25.

     O.   RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In June 1997 the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 130 (SFAS 130),  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income." Comprehensive income includes not only net earnings, but also revenues,
expenses,  gains and losses that are excluded from net earnings under  generally
accepted accounting  principles.  Examples include foreign currency  translation
adjustments and unrealized  gains and losses on  investments.  SFAS 130 requires
that all items required to be recognized as components of  comprehensive  income
be  reported  in a  financial  statement  with  equal  prominence  to the  other
financial  statements.  SFAS 130 is effective for annual periods beginning after
December 15, 1997. Adoption of SFAS 130 is not expected to materially impact the
Company's  reported  results,  since each component of  comprehensive  income is
currently  reported  separately in the stockholders'  equity disclosure table at
Note 10.

     In June 1998 the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 133 (SFAS 133),  "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging  Activities." SFAS 133 requires that an entity recognize
all  derivatives  as either assets or  liabilities in the statement of financial
position and measure those instruments at fair value.  Gains or losses resulting
from changes in the values of those derivatives would be accounted for depending
on the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting.  The
key criterion  for hedge  accounting  is that the hedging  relationship  must be
highly  effective in achieving  offsetting  changes in fair value or cash flows.
SFAS 133 is effective for interim and annual  periods  beginning  after June 15,
1999.  Adoption of SFAS 133 is not expected to  materially  impact the Company's
financial  position  or  results  of  operations,  since  the  Company  utilizes
derivatives to hedge business risks and not for trading or speculative purposes.

NOTE 2 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

     Darden  contracts  with a  national  storage  and  distribution  company to
provide  services that are billed to Darden on a per-case  basis.  In connection
with these services, certain Darden inventory items are sold to the distribution
company  at a  predetermined  price when they are  shipped  to the  distribution
company's storage  facilities.  These items are repurchased at the same price by
Darden  when  the  inventory  is  delivered  to  Company   restaurants   by  the
distribution  company.  The receivable from the distribution company was $24,476
and $12,106 at May 31, 1998, and May 25, 1997, respectively.


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 14

NOTE 3 - RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET IMPAIRMENT EXPENSE

     Darden  recorded asset  impairment  charges of $158,987 and $56,600 in 1997
and 1996,  respectively,  representing  the  difference  between  fair value and
carrying  value of  impaired  assets.  The asset  impairment  charges  relate to
low-performing restaurant properties and other long-lived assets including those
restaurants that have been closed.  Fair value is generally  determined based on
appraisals or sales prices of  comparable  properties.  In  connection  with the
closing  of  certain   restaurant   properties,   the  Company   recorded  other
restructuring expenses of $70,900 and $18,400 in 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     The components of the restructuring  expense and the after-tax and earnings
per share  effects of the  restructuring  and asset  impairment  expense  are as
follows:

                                                       Fiscal Year
                                                  1997              1996
                                               ---------         ---------
Carrying costs of buildings
  and equipment prior to disposal
  and employee severance costs                 $  27,500         $   8,600
Lease buy-out provisions                          30,000             1,600
Other                                             13,400             8,200
                                               ---------         ---------
    Subtotal                                      70,900            18,400
Impairment of restaurant properties
  and other long-lived assets                    158,987            56,600
                                               ---------         ---------

Total restructuring and asset
  impairment expense                             229,887            75,000
Less related income tax effect                   (84,528)          (30,151)
                                               ---------         ---------

Restructuring and asset impairment
  expense, net of income taxes                 $ 145,359         $  44,849
                                               =========         =========

Earnings per share effect -
  basic and diluted                            $    0.93         $    0.28
                                               =========         =========

     As of May 31, 1998,  approximately  $21,085 and $14,440 of costs associated
with the 1997 and 1996 restructurings,  respectively,  had been paid and charged
against the restructuring  liability. The total restructuring liability included
in other current liabilities was $58,265 and $91,770 as of May 31, 1998, and May
25,  1997,   respectively.   The  restructuring  actions  related  to  the  1996
restructuring  were  substantially  completed  as of  May  31,  1998.  The  1997
restructuring actions are expected to be substantially completed during 2001.

NOTE 4 - INCOME TAXES

     The components of earnings (loss) before income taxes and the provision for
income taxes thereon are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Fiscal Year
                                                1998              1997              1996
                                             ----------        ----------        ----------
<S>                                          <C>               <C>               <C>
Earnings (loss) before income taxes:
  U.S.                                       $  149,096        $ (108,687)       $  118,506
  Canada                                          4,576           (45,799)           (4,788)
                                             ----------        ----------        ----------

Earnings (loss) before income taxes          $  153,672        $ (154,486)       $  113,718
                                             ==========        ==========        ==========

Income taxes:
  Current:
    Federal                                  $   38,730        $  (13,285)       $   33,935
    State and local                               6,349             1,529             8,608
    Canada                                          383               367               333
                                             ----------        ----------        ----------
  Total current                                  45,462           (11,389)           42,876
Deferred (principally U.S.)                       6,496           (52,068)           (3,513)
                                             ----------        ----------        ----------

Total income taxes                           $   51,958        $  (63,457)       $   39,363
                                             ==========        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

     During 1998, 1997 and 1996,  Darden paid income taxes of $24,630,  $15,900,
and $25,777, respectively.

     The following table is a  reconciliation  of the U.S.  statutory income tax
rate to the effective income tax rate included in the accompanying  consolidated
statements of earnings (loss):

                                                          Fiscal Year
                                                   1998       1997       1996
                                                   ----       ----       ----

U.S. statutory rate                                35.0%     (35.0)%     35.0%
State and local income taxes, net
   of federal tax benefits (expense)                3.3       (3.3)       4.6
Benefit of U.S. federal income tax credits         (5.8)      (5.7)      (6.8)
Other, net                                          1.3        2.9        1.8
                                                  -----      -----      -----

Effective income tax rate                          33.8%     (41.1)%     34.6%
                                                  =====      =====      =====


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 15

     The tax effects of  temporary  differences  that give rise to deferred  tax
assets and liabilities are as follows:

                                                  May 31, 1998      May 25, 1997
                                                  ------------      ------------

Accrued liabilities                                 $  14,004         $  12,135
Compensation and employee benefits (including
  Deferred compensation)                               39,575            32,334
Asset disposition liabilities                          32,104            41,147
Operating loss and tax credit carry forwards            8,461             4,016
Net assets held for disposal                            2,074             2,372
Other                                                   2,090             1,584
                                                    ---------         ---------
    Gross deferred tax assets                          98,308            93,588
                                                    ---------         ---------

Buildings and equipment                               (68,405)          (59,356)
Prepaid pension asset                                 (14,979)          (14,482)
Prepaid interest                                       (4,696)           (5,015)
Other                                                  (2,685)             (696)
                                                    ---------         ---------
    Gross deferred tax liabilities                    (90,765)          (79,549)
                                                    ---------         ---------

Net deferred tax asset                              $   7,543         $  14,039
                                                    =========         =========

     Management  believes  the Company  will obtain the full benefit of deferred
tax assets on the basis of its evaluation of anticipated  profitability over the
period of years  that the  temporary  differences  are  expected  to become  tax
deductions.  It  believes  that  sufficient  book  and  taxable  income  will be
generated to realize the benefit of these tax assets.

NOTE 5 - LAND, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT

     The components of land, buildings and equipment are as follows:

                                             May 31, 1998          May 25, 1997
                                             ------------          ------------

Land                                          $   382,999           $   379,411
Buildings                                       1,320,388             1,315,209
Equipment                                         634,626               649,689
Construction in progress                           30,418                46,214
                                              -----------           -----------

Total land, buildings and equipment             2,368,431             2,390,523
Less accumulated depreciation                    (878,083)             (857,251)
                                              -----------           -----------

Net land, buildings and equipment             $ 1,490,348           $ 1,533,272
                                              ===========           ===========

NOTE 6 - OTHER ASSETS

     The components of other assets are as follows:

                                              May 31, 1998          May 25, 1997
                                              ------------          ------------

Prepaid pension                                 $  39,160             $  37,863
Prepaid interest and loan costs                    24,781                27,170
Liquor licenses                                    18,140                17,677
Intangible assets                                   9,459                 9,174
Miscellaneous                                       5,313                 1,197
                                                ---------             ---------

Total other assets                              $  96,853             $  93,081
                                                =========             =========

NOTE 7 - SHORT-TERM DEBT

     Short-term debt at May 31, 1998, and May 25, 1997, consisted of $75,100 and
$43,400 of unsecured commercial paper borrowings with original maturities of one
month or less, and interest rates ranging from 5.65 percent to 5.81 percent, and
5.55 percent to 5.80 percent, respectively.

NOTE 8 - LONG-TERM DEBT

     The components of long-term debt are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               May 31, 1998          May 25, 1997
                                                               ------------          ------------
<S>                                                             <C>                   <C>
10-year notes and 20-year debentures as described below         $  250,000            $  250,000
ESOP loan with variable rate of interest (6.04 percent at
   May 31, 1998), due December 31, 2018                             62,000                64,700
Other                                                                   24                    28
                                                                ----------            ----------

Total long-term debt                                               312,024               314,728
Less issuance discount                                              (1,416)               (1,536)
                                                                ----------            ----------

Total long-term debt less issuance discount                        310,608               313,192
Less current portion                                                    (5)                   (5)
                                                                ----------            ----------

Long-term debt, excluding current portion                       $  310,603            $  313,187
                                                                ==========            ==========
</TABLE>

     In January 1996, the Company issued  $150,000 of 6.375 percent notes due in
2006,  and $100,000 of 7.125 percent  debentures  due in 2016. The proceeds from
the issuance were used to refinance commercial paper borrowings. Concurrent with
the issuance of the notes and debentures,  the Company  terminated,  and settled
for cash, interest-rate swap agreements with notional amounts totaling $200,000,
which hedged the  movement of interest  rates prior to the issuance of the notes
and debentures.  The cash paid in terminating the interest-rate  swap agreements
is being amortized


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 16

to interest  expense over the life of the notes and  debentures.  The  effective
annual  interest  rate is 7.57  percent  for the notes and 7.82  percent for the
debentures,  after consideration of loan costs, issuance discounts, and interest
rate swap termination costs.

     The Company  also  maintains a revolving  loan  agreement  expiring May 19,
2000,  with a  consortium  of banks  under  which the  Company  can borrow up to
$250,000. The loan agreement allows the Company to borrow at interest rates that
vary  based on the  prime  rate,  LIBOR or a  competitively  bid rate  among the
members of the lender consortium,  at the option of the Company.  The Company is
required  to pay a facility  fee of 12.5 basis  points per annum on the  average
daily amount of loan  commitments by the consortium.  The amount of interest and
the annual facility fee are subject to change based on the Company's achievement
of certain financial ratios and debt ratings.  Advances under the loan agreement
are unsecured. At May 31, 1998, and May 25, 1997, no borrowings were outstanding
under this agreement.

     The  aggregate  maturities  of  long-term  debt for each of the five  years
subsequent to May 31, 1998,  and thereafter are $5 in 1999, $6 in 2000 and 2001,
$7 in 2002, $0 in 2003 and $312,000 thereafter.

NOTE 9 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The Company has participated in the financial derivatives markets to manage
its exposure to interest rate fluctuations.  The Company had interest rate swaps
with a notional  amount of $200,000  which it used to convert  variable rates on
its long-term debt to fixed rates  effective May 30, 1995. The Company  received
the  one-month  commercial  paper  interest  rate and paid  fixed-rate  interest
ranging from 7.51 percent to 7.89 percent.  The interest rate swaps were settled
during  January  1996 at a cost to the  Company  of  $27,670.  This cost will be
recognized as an  adjustment to interest  expense over the term of the Company's
10-year notes and 20-year  debentures  (see Note 8). The following  methods were
used in estimating fair value disclosures for significant financial instruments:
Cash  equivalents and short-term debt  approximate  their carrying amount due to
the short  duration of those  items.  Long-term  debt is based on quoted  market
prices  or,  if  market  prices  are not  available,  the  present  value of the
underlying cash flows discounted at the Company's  incremental  borrowing rates.
The  carrying  amounts and fair values of the  Company's  significant  financial
instruments are as follows:

                                   May 31, 1998              May 25, 1997
                                   ------------              ------------
                              Carrying       Fair       Carrying       Fair
                               Amount        Value       Amount        Value
                              --------     --------     --------     --------

Cash and cash equivalents     $ 33,505     $ 33,505     $ 25,490     $ 25,490

Short-term debt               $ 75,100     $ 75,100     $ 43,400     $ 43,400

Total long-term debt          $310,608     $314,502     $313,192     $301,399


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 17

NOTE 10 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     The  following   table   summarizes   the  changes  in  the  components  of
stockholder's equity:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Common       Retained                  Cumulative
                                        Stock       Earnings                    Foreign                     Total
                                         and      (Accumulated   Treasury      Currency      Unearned    Stockholders'
(In thousands)                         Surplus      Deficit)       Stock      Adjustment   Compensation     Equity
                                      ----------  ------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance at May 28, 1995               $1,253,415   $            $             $  (10,281)   $  (69,172)   $1,173,962
  Net earnings                                         74,355                                                 74,355
  Cash dividends declared
    ($0.08 per share)                                 (12,647)                                               (12,647)
  Stock option exercises
    (1,137 shares)                         7,318                                                               7,318
  Issuance of restricted stock
    (304 shares)                           2,909                                                (2,909)
  Earned compensation                                                                            1,086         1,086
  ESOP note receivable
    repayments                                                                                   1,100         1,100
  Income tax benefit
    credited to equity                     2,570                                                               2,570
  Purchases of common stock
    for treasury (1,908 shares)                                    (25,037)                                  (25,037)
  Foreign currency adjustment                                                        (70)                        (70)
                                      ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------

Balance at May 26, 1996                1,266,212       61,708      (25,037)      (10,351)      (69,895)    1,222,637
  Net loss                                            (91,029)                                               (91,029)
  Cash dividends declared
    ($0.08 per share)                                 (12,385)                                               (12,385)
  Stock option exercises
    (261 shares)                           1,450                                                               1,450
  Issuance of restricted stock
    (25 shares)                              123                                                  (123)
  Earned compensation                                                                            1,302         1,302
  ESOP note receivable
    repayments, net                                                                              2,200         2,200
  Income tax benefit
  Credited to equity                         871                                                                 871
  Purchases of common stock
    for treasury (5,043 shares)                                    (44,147)                                  (44,147)
  Foreign currency adjustment                                                        314                         314
                                      ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------

Balance at May 25, 1997                1,268,656      (41,706)     (69,184)      (10,037)      (66,516)    1,081,213
  Net earnings                                        101,714                                                101,714
  Cash dividends declared
    ($0.08 per share)                                 (11,681)                                               (11,681)
  Stock option exercises
    (1,464 shares)                        10,606                                                              10,606
  Issuance of restricted stock
    (238 shares), net of
    forfeiture adjustments                 1,384                                                (1,404)          (20)
  Earned compensation                                                                            2,172         2,172
  ESOP note receivable
    repayments                                                                                   2,700         2,700
  Income tax benefit
    credited to equity                     3,808                                                               3,808
  Proceeds from issuance
    of equity put options                  1,737                                                               1,737
  Purchases of common stock
    for treasury (13,483 shares)                                  (170,692)                                 (170,692)
  Foreign currency adjustment                                                     (1,712)                     (1,712)
                                      ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------

Balance at May 31, 1998               $1,286,191   $   48,327   $ (239,876)   $  (11,749)   $  (63,048)   $1,019,845
                                      ==========   ==========   ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 18

     As a part of its stock  repurchase  program,  the Company issued equity put
options  that  entitle the holder to sell shares of Company  common stock to the
Company,  at a specified price, if the holder exercises the option.  In 1998 the
Company issued put options for 2,465,000  shares for $1,737 in premiums.  At May
31, 1998, put options for 965,000 shares remain  outstanding at exercise  prices
ranging from $15.25 to $15.52 per share with exercise dates in July 1998.

NOTE 11 - STOCKHOLDERS' RIGHTS PLAN

     The Company has a  stockholders'  rights plan that  entitles each holder of
Company common stock to purchase  one-hundredth of one share of Darden preferred
stock for each  common  share  owned at a  purchase  price of $62.50  per share,
subject to adjustment to prevent dilution.  The rights are exercisable when, and
are not  transferable  apart from the Company's  common stock until, a person or
group has acquired 20 percent or more, or makes a tender offer for 20 percent or
more,  of the  Company's  common  stock.  If  the  specified  percentage  of the
Company's  common  stock is then  acquired,  each right will  entitle the holder
(other than the acquiring  company) to receive,  upon exercise,  common stock of
either the Company or the  acquiring  company  having a value equal to two times
the exercise  price of the right.  The rights are  redeemable  by the  Company's
Board in certain circumstances and expire on May 24, 2005.

NOTE 12 - INTEREST, NET

     Interest expense on average ESOP debt of $62,688,  $65,850,  and $67,075 in
1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively,  was included in compensation  expense.  The
Company  paid $17,235 and $19,830 for interest  (net of amount  capitalized)  in
1998 and 1997, respectively.

     The components of interest, net are as follows:

                                                  Fiscal Year
                                     1998            1997            1996
                                    -------         -------         -------

Interest expense                    $21,527         $23,336         $24,875
Capitalized interest                 (1,018)           (739)         (2,007)
Interest income                        (425)           (306)         (1,462)
                                    -------         -------         -------
  
Interest, net                       $20,084         $22,291         $21,406
                                    =======         =======         =======

NOTE 13 - LEASES

     An analysis of rent by property  leased (all of which are  accounted for as
operating leases) is as follows:

                                                  Fiscal Year
                                     1998            1997            1996
                                    -------         -------         -------

Restaurant minimum rent             $39,140         $40,616         $39,867
Restaurant percentage rent            1,707           1,649           1,713
Restaurant rent averaging expense      (121)            595            (275)
Transportation equipment              2,169           1,951           2,103
Office equipment                        990             915             956
Office space                            436             406             331
Warehouse space                         217             235             207
                                    -------         -------         -------

Total rent expense                  $44,538         $46,367         $44,902
                                    =======         =======         =======

     Minimum rental obligations are accounted for on a straight-line  basis over
the term of the lease. Some leases require payment of property taxes,  insurance
and   maintenance   costs  in  addition  to  the  rent   payments.   The  annual
non-cancelable future lease commitments for each of the five years subsequent to
May 31, 1998, and thereafter are: $44,443 in 1999;  $41,972 in 2000;  $38,382 in
2001;  $34,557  in  2002;  $29,793  in  2003;  and  $111,780  thereafter,  for a
cumulative total of $300,927.

NOTE 14 - RETIREMENT PLANS

     The Company has a defined benefit plan covering most salaried employees and
a group of  hourly  employees  with a frozen  level of  benefits.  Benefits  for
salaried   employees   are  based  on  length  of  service  and  final   average
compensation.  The  hourly  plan  provides  a  monthly  amount  for each year of
credited  service.  The Company's  funding policy is consistent with the funding
requirements of federal law and regulations.  Plan assets consist principally of
listed equity securities, corporate obligations and U.S. government securities.

     Components of net pension expense (income) are as follows:

                                                  Fiscal Year
                                      1998            1997            1996
                                    --------        --------        --------

Service cost-benefits earned        $  2,576        $  3,250        $  2,427
Interest cost on projected benefit     4,699           4,686           3,806
obligation
Actual return on plan assets         (19,714)        (10,955)        (16,965)
Net amortization and deferral         10,915           3,859           9,316
                                    --------        --------        --------

Net pension expense (income)        $ (1,524)       $    840        $ (1,416)
                                    ========        ========        ========


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 19

     The  weighted-average   discount  rate  and  rate  of  increase  in  future
compensation  levels used in  determining  the  actuarial  present  value of the
benefit  obligations  were 7.25 percent and 4.5 percent in 1998, 8.0 percent and
6.0 percent in 1997, and 7.75 percent and 6.0 percent in 1996, respectively. The
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was 10.4 percent.

     The funded status of the plan and the amount recognized on the consolidated
balance sheets are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        May 31, 1998                       May 25, 1997
                                                        ------------                       ------------
                                                  Assets          Accumulated         Assets         Accumulated
                                                  Exceed           Benefits           Exceed          Benefits
                                                Accumulated         Exceed          Accumulated        Exceed
                                                 Benefits           Assets           Benefits          Assets
                                                -----------       -----------       -----------      -----------
<S>                                             <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit
  obligations:
    Vested benefits                             $   60,550        $    2,286        $   49,978       $    1,974
    Non-vested benefits                              3,977                               1,741
                                                ----------        ----------        ----------       ----------
Accumulated benefit obligations                 $   64,527        $    2,286        $   51,719       $    1,974
                                                ==========        ==========        ==========       ==========

Projected benefit obligation                    $   73,112        $    2,286        $   59,323       $    1,974
Plan assets at fair value                          105,010                10            89,064               11
                                                ----------        ----------        ----------       ----------
Plan assets in excess of (less than) the
  projected benefit obligation                      31,898            (2,276)           29,741           (1,963)
Unrecognized prior service costs                    (3,218)                             (3,674)
Unrecognized net loss                               13,047                              15,005
Unrecognized transition asset                       (2,567)                             (3,209)
                                                ----------        ----------        ----------       ----------
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost                  $   39,160        $   (2,276)       $   37,863       $   (1,963)
                                                ==========        ==========        ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

     The Company has a defined  contribution plan covering most employees age 21
and older with at least one year of  service.  Employees  classified  as "highly
compensated" under the Internal Revenue Code are ineligible to participate.  The
Company matches  participant  contributions up to six percent of compensation on
the basis of up to $1.00 for each dollar  contributed  by the  participant.  The
plan had net assets of $231,220 at May 31,  1998,  and $122,585 at May 25, 1997.
Expense  recognized  in 1998,  1997 and 1996 was  $3,038,  $2,551,  and  $2,505,
respectively.

     The defined  contribution  plan includes an Employee  Stock  Ownership Plan
(ESOP).  This ESOP originally  borrowed $50,000 from third parties guaranteed by
the Company,  and borrowed $25,000 from the Company at a variable interest rate.
The $50,000  third-party loan was refinanced in 1997 by a commercial bank's loan
to  the  Company  and a  corresponding  loan  from  the  Company  to  the  ESOP.
Compensation  expense is recognized as contributions are accrued.  Contributions
to the plan,  plus the  dividends  accumulated  on the common  stock held by the
ESOP,  are used to pay  principal,  interest and  expenses of the plan.  As loan
payments are made,  common stock is  allocated  to ESOP  participants.  In 1998,
1997, and 1996, the ESOP incurred interest expense of $3,882, $3,815, and $3,431
respectively,  and used dividends  received of $1,339,  $5,127,  and $1,735, and
contributions   received  from  the  Company  of  $4,538,  $2,548,  and  $2,397,
respectively, to pay principal and interest on its debt. Company shares owned by
the ESOP are  included in average  common  shares  outstanding  for  purposes of
calculating  net earnings  (loss) per share. At May 31, 1998, the ESOP's debt to
the  Company had a balance of $62,000  with a variable  rate of interest of 6.04
percent.  $45,100  of the  principal  balance  is due to be repaid no later than
December  2007,  with the  remaining  $16,900  due to be  repaid  no later  than
December  2014.  The number of Company  common shares within the ESOP at May 31,
1998,  approximates  12,494,000 representing 9,605,000 unreleased shares, 29,000
shares committed to be released and 2,860,000 shares allocated to participants.


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 20

NOTE 15 - OTHER POST-RETIREMENT AND POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

     The  Company  sponsors a plan that  provides  health-care  benefits  to its
salaried retirees. The plan is contributory, with retiree contributions based on
years of service.

     Components of the post-retirement health-care expense are as follows:

                                                      Fiscal Year
                                       1998              1997              1996
                                      -----             -----             -----

Service cost-benefits earned          $ 225             $ 292             $ 227
Interest cost on accumulated
   benefit obligation                   375               366               364
Net amortization and deferral            18                67                76
                                      -----             -----             -----

Net post-retirement expense           $ 618             $ 725             $ 667
                                      =====             =====             =====


     The plan is not funded.  The amounts included in the  consolidated  balance
sheets are as follows:

                                                 May 31, 1998     May 25, 1997
                                                 ------------     ------------
Accumulated benefit obligations:
  Retirees                                          $   962          $   785
  Fully eligible active employees                       512              370
  Other active employees                              4,349            3,580
                                                    -------          -------

Accumulated benefit obligations                       5,823            4,735
Plan assets at fair value                                 0                0
                                                    -------          -------

Accumulated benefit obligations
  in excess of plan assets                            5,823            4,735
Unrecognized prior service cost                        (118)            (136)
Unrecognized net loss                                  (376)              (1)
                                                    -------          -------

Accrued post-retirement benefits                    $ 5,329          $ 4,598
                                                    =======          =======

     The discount rates used in determining  the actuarial  present value of the
benefit obligations were 7.25 percent in 1998 and 8.0 percent in 1997.

     The  health-care  cost trend rate  increase in the  per-capita  charges for
benefits  ranged  from 5.9 percent to 7.1  percent  for 1999,  depending  on the
medical service  category.  The rates  gradually  decrease to 4.6 percent to 5.5
percent for 2009 and remain at that level  thereafter.  If the health-care  cost
trend rate increased by one percentage  point in each future year, the aggregate
of the service and interest cost components of post-retirement  expense for 1998
would increase by $115, and the accumulated  benefit obligation at May 31, 1998,
would increase by $1,064.

NOTE 16 - STOCK PLANS

     The Darden  Restaurants  Stock Option and Long-Term  Incentive Plan of 1995
provides for the granting of stock  options to key employees at a price equal to
the fair  market  value of the shares at the date of the grant and are for terms
not exceeding ten years.  Fifteen  million shares of common stock are authorized
for issuance under the plan;  3,000,000 of these shares are available solely for
issuance  in  connection  with the  granting  of stock  options in lieu of merit
salary increases or other compensation or employee  benefits.  Such options vest
at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The plan also allows for grants
of restricted  stock and  restricted  stock units (RSUs) for up to 10 percent of
the shares under the plan.

     No  individual  may receive in excess of two percent of the total number of
shares  authorized under the plan in restricted stock or RSUs.  Restricted stock
and RSUs  granted  under the plan vest no sooner  than one year from the date of
grant.  No individual may receive awards covering in excess of 10 percent of the
total number of shares authorized for issuance under the plan.

     The Darden Restaurants Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors provides for a
one-time  grant to each  non-employee  director of an option to purchase  12,500
shares of common  stock and an  additional  option to purchase  3,000  shares of
common stock upon  election or  re-election  at a price equal to the fair market
value of the shares at the date of grant.  The plan also  provides for an annual
grant of 3,000 shares of restricted stock to each non-employee director, as well
as additional options to purchase shares of common stock in lieu of retainer and
meeting fees. Up to 250,000 shares of common stock may be issued under this plan
and all  options  have an exercise  price equal to the fair market  value of the
shares  at  date  of  grant.  The  Darden  Restaurants   Compensation  Plan  for
Non-Employee Directors provides that non-employee directors may elect to receive
their  annual  retainer  and meeting  fees in cash,  deferred  cash or shares of
common stock.  The common stock issuable under the plan shall have a fair market
value  equivalent  to the  value of the  foregone  retainer  and  meeting  fees.
Fifty-thousand shares of common stock are available for issuance under the plan.

     The per share weighted  average fair value of stock options  granted during
1998, 1997, and 1996 was $8.03,  $2.88, and $4.24,  respectively.  These amounts
were determined using the Black Scholes


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 21

option-pricing model, which values options based on the stock price at the grant
date,  the expected life of the option,  the estimated  volatility of the stock,
expected dividend  payments,  and the risk-free  interest rate over the expected
life of the option.  The dividend  yield was  calculated by dividing the current
annualized  dividend by the option price for each grant. The expected volatility
was determined  considering  stock prices for the fiscal year the grant occurred
and prior fiscal years,  as well as considering  industry  volatility  data. The
risk-free  interest rate was the rate  available on zero coupon U.S.  government
issues with a term equal to the remaining term for each grant. The expected life
of the option was estimated based on the exercise history from previous grants.

     The Company  applies APB 25 in  accounting  for its stock option plans and,
accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized in the Company's financial
statements  for stock options  granted  under any of the stock plans.  If, under
SFAS 123, the Company  determined  compensation  cost based on the fair value at
the grant date for its stock  options,  net  earnings  (loss)  and net  earnings
(loss) per share would have been the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                                      Fiscal Year
                                           1998          1997          1996
                                         --------      --------      --------
Net earnings (loss)
  As reported                            $101,714      $(91,029)     $ 74,355
  Pro forma                              $ 98,047      $(93,154)     $ 72,261

Basic net earnings (loss) per share
  As reported                            $   0.69      $ (0.59)      $   0.47
  Pro forma                              $   0.66      $ (0.60)      $   0.46

Diluted net earnings (loss) per share
  As reported                            $   0.67      $ (0.59)      $   0.46
  Pro forma                              $   0.65      $ (0.60)      $   0.45

     Under SFAS 123, stock options  granted prior to 1996 are not required to be
included as  compensation  in  determining  pro forma net  earnings  (loss).  To
determine pro forma net earnings (loss),  reported net earnings (loss) have been
adjusted for  compensation  costs  associated  with stock options granted during
1998, 1997 and 1996 that are expected to eventually vest.

     Option  transactions,  commencing  as of  the  distribution  date,  are  as
follows:

                                           Weighted                   Weighted
                                            Average                    Average
                              Options     Price Per      Number      Price Per
                            Exercisable     Share      of Options      Share
                            -----------   ---------   ------------   ---------

Balance at May 28, 1995      6,962,356     $ 7.81      15,199,136     $  9.42
Options granted                                         5,599,308     $ 11.13
Options exercised                                      (1,136,998)    $  6.31
Options cancelled                                      (1,855,253)    $ 10.83
                                                       ----------

Balance at May 26, 1996      6,177,151     $ 8.23      17,806,193     $ 10.01
Options granted                                           120,123     $  8.15
Options exercised                                        (261,227)    $  5.69
Options cancelled                                      (1,603,796)    $ 10.67
                                                       ----------

Balance at May 25, 1997      6,832,479     $ 8.81      16,061,293     $ 10.00
Options granted                                         3,335,711     $  9.83
Options exercised                                      (1,463,788)    $  7.26
Options cancelled                                      (1,570,316)    $ 10.48
                                                       ----------

Balance at May 31, 1998      6,286,678     $ 9.55      16,362,900     $ 10.16
                                                       ==========

     The  following  table  provides  information   regarding   exercisable  and
outstanding options as of May 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Weighted                    Weighted      Weighted
  Range of                       Average                     Average       Average
  Exercise                      Exercise                    Exercise      Remaining
  Price Per        Options        Price        Options        Price      Contractual
    Share        Exercisable    Per Share    Outstanding    Per Share    Life (Years)
- -------------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------    -----------
<S>                <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
$04.00-$05.00        243,223     $  4.19         243,223     $  4.19          .25
$05.01-$10.00      3,489,603     $  8.50       7,261,439     $  8.89         6.00
$10.01-$15.00      2,553,852     $ 11.48       8,662,375     $ 11.27         6.25
Over $15.00                                      195,863     $ 15.65        10.00
                   ---------     -------      ----------     -------        -----
                   6,286,678     $  9.55      16,362,900     $ 10.16         6.10
                   =========                  ==========
</TABLE>

NOTE 17 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     Darden makes normal trade  commitments in the course of regular  operations
and is subject to litigation incident to the conduct of its ongoing business. As
of May 31, 1998, the Company was contingently liable for approximately  $62,761,
primarily  relating  to  outstanding  letters  of  credit.  In  the  opinion  of
management,  there are no unusual  commitments or contingencies at May 31, 1998,
that would  materially  affect the  financial  position or operating  results of
Darden.


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 22

NOTE 18 - QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

     Summarized quarterly data for 1998 and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Fiscal 1998
                                                                         Quarters Ended
                                                Aug. 24       Nov. 23       Feb. 22        May 31         Total
                                               --------      --------      --------       --------     ----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
Sales                                          $809,331      $745,263      $811,261       $921,162     $3,287,017
Gross Profit                                    161,620       132,534       165,650        198,783        658,587
Earnings before Interest and Taxes               40,943        16,509        50,307         65,997        173,756
Earnings before Taxes                            36,250        11,786        45,228         60,408        153,672
Net Earnings                                     24,408         7,530        29,758         40,018        101,714
Net Earnings per Share:
  Basic                                        $   0.16      $   0.05      $   0.20       $   0.28     $     0.69
  Diluted                                      $   0.16      $   0.05      $   0.20       $   0.27     $     0.67

<CAPTION>
                                                                           Fiscal 1997
                                                                         Quarters Ended
                                                Aug. 25       Nov. 24       Feb. 23        May 25         Total
                                               --------      --------      --------       ---------     ----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
Sales                                          $805,555      $748,757      $800,846       $ 816,652     $3,171,810
Gross Profit                                    167,935       118,189       147,559         162,148        595,831
Earnings (Loss) before Interest and Taxes        33,826       (10,196)       27,247        (183,072)      (132,195)
Earnings (Loss) before Taxes                     28,893       (15,819)       21,613        (189,173)      (154,486)
Net Earnings (Loss)                              20,473       (11,169)       15,723        (116,056)       (91,029)
Net Earnings (Loss) per Share:
  Basic                                        $   0.13      $  (0.07)     $   0.10       $   (0.76)    $    (0.59)
  Diluted                                      $   0.13      $  (0.07)     $   0.10       $   (0.76)    $    (0.59)

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.
1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BOOKLET IN THE
COMPANY'S 1998 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
PAGE 23

FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Fiscal Year Ended
                                                                                                Pro Forma
                                                May 31,       May 25,        May 26,       May 28,       May 29,
                                                 1998          1997           1996          1995          1994
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
OPERATION RESULTS
Sales                                         $ 3,287,017   $ 3,171,810   $ 3,191,779    $ 3,163,289   $ 2,962,980
Costs and Expenses:
  Cost of Sales:
    Food and beverages                          1,083,629     1,077,316     1,062,624      1,093,896     1,014,066
    Restaurant labor                            1,062,490     1,017,315       954,886        931,553       868,178
    Restaurant expenses                           482,311       481,348       455,626        470,194       442,769
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------
      Total Cost of Sales                     $ 2,628,430   $ 2,575,979   $ 2,473,136    $ 2,495,643   $ 2,325,013
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------

Restaurant Operating Profit                       658,587       595,831       718,643        667,646       637,967
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------

Selling, General and Administrative               358,542       361,263       373,920        351,197       306,516
Depreciation and Amortization                     126,289       136,876       134,599        135,472       124,732
Interest, Net                                      20,084        22,291        21,406         21,901        18,394
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------
      Total Costs and Expenses                $ 3,133,345   $ 3,096,409   $ 3,003,061    $ 3,004,213   $ 2,774,655
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------

Earnings before Restructuring and Asset
  Impairment Expenses and Income Taxes            153,672        75,401       188,718        159,076       188,325
Income Taxes before Restructuring and
  Asset Impairment Expenses                        51,958        21,071        69,514         50,817        68,451
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------

Earnings from Operations before
  Restructuring and Asset Impairment
  Expenses and Accounting Changes                 101,714        54,330       119,204        108,259       119,874
Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes                                                                      3,661
Restructuring and Asset Impairment
  Expenses, Net of Income Taxes                                 145,359        44,849         59,085
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------

Net Earnings (Loss)                           $   101,714   $   (91,029)  $    74,355    $    49,174   $   123,535
                                              ===========   ===========   ===========    ===========   ===========

Earnings per Share from Operations before
  Restructuring and Asset Impairment
  Expenses and Accounting Changes:
    Basic                                     $      0.69   $      0.35   $      0.75    $      0.68   $      0.75
    Diluted                                   $      0.67   $      0.35   $      0.74
Net Earnings (Loss) per Share from
  Operations after Restructuring and Asset
  Impairment Expenses:
    Basic                                     $      0.69   $    (0.59)   $      0.47    $      0.31   $      0.78
    Diluted                                   $      0.67   $    (0.59)   $      0.46
Average Number of Common Shares
  Outstanding, Net of Shares Held in
  Treasury (in 000's):
    Basic                                         148,300       155,600       158,700        158,000       159,100
    Diluted                                       151,400       155,600       161,300
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------

FINANCIAL POSITION
Total Assets                                  $ 1,984,742   $ 1,963,722   $ 2,088,504    $ 2,113,381   $ 1,859,124
Land, Buildings and Equipment                   1,490,348     1,533,272     1,702,861      1,737,982     1,564,245
Working Capital (deficit)                        (161,123)     (143,211)     (157,326)      (209,609)     (152,926)
Long-term Debt                                    310,608       313,192       301,205        303,860       303,971
Stockholders' Equity                            1,019,845     1,081,213     1,222,637      1,173,962     1,057,319
Stockholders' Equity per Share                       7.23          7.07          7.70           7.43          6.65
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------

OTHER STATISTICS
Cash Flow from Operations                     $   236,125   $   189,203   $   294,032    $   273,978   $   262,018
Capital Expenditures                              112,168       159,688       213,905        357,904       335,031
Dividends Paid                                     11,681        12,385        12,647
Dividends Paid per Share                             0.08          0.08          0.08
Advertising Expense                           $   186,261   $   204,321   $   239,526    $   211,904   $   173,053
Number of Employees                               114,800       114,600       119,100        124,700       115,200
Number of Restaurants                               1,151         1,182         1,217          1,243         1,158
Stock Price:
  High                                        $    18.125   $    12.125   $    14.000    $    10.875
  Low                                               8.125         6.750         9.750          9.375
  Close                                            15.438         8.250        11.750         10.875

</TABLE>


                                   EXHIBIT 21

                    SUBSIDIARIES OF DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.


<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21

                    SUBSIDIARIES OF DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.


As of May 31, 1998, the Registrant had one "significant subsidiary",  as defined
in Regulation S-X, Rule 1-02(w), identified as follows:

      GMRI, Inc., a Florida corporation, doing business as Red Lobster,
                      The Olive Garden and Bahama Breeze.

In order to comply with certain state laws, the Registrant,  either directly, or
indirectly  through GMRI, Inc., had 66 other subsidiaries as of May 31, 1998. If
considered  in the aggregate as a single  subsidiary as of May 31, 1998,  the 66
other subsidiaries would not constitute a "significant subsidiary" as defined in
Regulation S-X, Rule 1-02(w).




                                   EXHIBIT 23

                        INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT


<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23

                        INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT


The Board of Directors
Darden Restaurants, Inc.:

     We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (No.
33-93854) on Form S-3 and Registration  Statements (Nos.  33-92702 and 33-92704)
on Form S-8 of Darden  Restaurants,  Inc.  of our report  dated  June 19,  1998,
relating to the  consolidated  balance  sheets of Darden  Restaurants,  Inc. and
subsidiaries  as of May 31, 1998 and May 25,  1997 and the related  consolidated
statements of earnings (loss) and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the
three-year  period ended May 31, 1998, which report is incorporated by reference
to page 8 of the 1998  Financial  Statements  booklet in the  Registrant's  1998
Annual Report to  Stockholders in the May 31, 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K of
Darden Restaurants, Inc.

                                   /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Orlando, Florida
August 14, 1998




                                   EXHIBIT 24

                               POWERS OF ATTORNEY


<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the undersigned  constitutes and appoints
C.L. Whitehill,  Joe R. Lee and Clarence Otis, Jr., and each of them, his or her
true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of substitution
and resubstitution,  for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May
31,  1998,  and any and all  amendments  thereto and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as might or could be done in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or any of them,  or their  substitute or  substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                       /s/ H. Brewster Atwater, Jr.
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       H. Brewster Atwater, Jr.

Date: August 18, 1998


<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 24 (CON'T)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the undersigned  constitutes and appoints
C.L. Whitehill,  Joe R. Lee and Clarence Otis, Jr., and each of them, his or her
true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of substitution
and resubstitution,  for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May
31,  1998,  and any and all  amendments  thereto and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as might or could be done in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or any of them,  or their  substitute or  substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                       /s/ Daniel B. Burke
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Daniel B. Burke

Date: August 11, 1998


<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 24 (CON'T)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the undersigned  constitutes and appoints
C.L. Whitehill,  Joe R. Lee and Clarence Otis, Jr., and each of them, his or her
true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of substitution
and resubstitution,  for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May
31,  1998,  and any and all  amendments  thereto and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as might or could be done in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or any of them,  or their  substitute or  substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                       /s/ Betty Southard Murphy
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Betty Southard Murphy

Date: August 10, 1998


<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 24 (CON'T)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the undersigned  constitutes and appoints
C.L. Whitehill,  Joe R. Lee and Clarence Otis, Jr., and each of them, his or her
true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of substitution
and resubstitution,  for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May
31,  1998,  and any and all  amendments  thereto and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as might or could be done in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or any of them,  or their  substitute or  substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                       /s/ Jack A. Smith
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Jack A. Smith

Date: August 10, 1998


<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 24 (CON'T)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the undersigned  constitutes and appoints
C.L. Whitehill,  Joe R. Lee and Clarence Otis, Jr., and each of them, his or her
true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of substitution
and resubstitution,  for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May
31,  1998,  and any and all  amendments  thereto and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as might or could be done in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or any of them,  or their  substitute or  substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                       /s/ Michael D. Rose
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Michael D. Rose

Date: August 10, 1998


<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 24 (CON'T)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the undersigned  constitutes and appoints
C.L. Whitehill,  Joe R. Lee and Clarence Otis, Jr., and each of them, his or her
true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of substitution
and resubstitution,  for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May
31,  1998,  and any and all  amendments  thereto and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as might or could be done in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or any of them,  or their  substitute or  substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                       /s/ Odie C. Donald
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Odie C. Donald

Date: August 10, 1998


<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 24 (CON'T)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the undersigned  constitutes and appoints
C.L. Whitehill,  Joe R. Lee and Clarence Otis, Jr., and each of them, his or her
true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of substitution
and resubstitution,  for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May
31,  1998,  and any and all  amendments  thereto and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as might or could be done in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or any of them,  or their  substitute or  substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                       /s/ Bradley D. Blum
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Bradley D. Blum

Date: August 14, 1998


<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 24 (CON'T)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the undersigned  constitutes and appoints
C.L. Whitehill,  Joe R. Lee and Clarence Otis, Jr., and each of them, his or her
true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of substitution
and resubstitution,  for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May
31,  1998,  and any and all  amendments  thereto and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as might or could be done in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or any of them,  or their  substitute or  substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                       /s/ Richard E. Rivera
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Richard E. Rivera

Date: August 10, 1998


<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 24 (CON'T)

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the undersigned  constitutes and appoints
C.L. Whitehill,  Joe R. Lee and Clarence Otis, Jr., and each of them, his or her
true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  with full power of substitution
and resubstitution,  for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May
31,  1998,  and any and all  amendments  thereto and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  and each of them,  full power and  authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as fully to all  intents  and  purposes  as might or could be done in
person,  hereby  ratifying and  confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or any of them,  or their  substitute or  substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                       /s/ Blaine Sweatt
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Blaine Sweatt

Date: August 12, 1998



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     This schedule  contains summary  financial  information  extracted from the
consolidated  financial statements of Darden Restaurants,  Inc. and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>

<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              MAY-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 MAY-26-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAY-31-1998
<CASH>                                            33,505
<SECURITIES>                                           0
<RECEIVABLES>                                     27,312
<ALLOWANCES>                                        (235)
<INVENTORY>                                      182,399
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 397,541
<PP&E>                                         2,368,431
<DEPRECIATION>                                  (878,083)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 1,984,742
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            558,664
<BONDS>                                          310,608
                                  0
                                            0
<COMMON>                                       1,286,191
<OTHER-SE>                                      (266,346)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   1,984,742
<SALES>                                        3,287,017
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               3,287,017
<CGS>                                          1,083,629
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  2,628,430
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                20,084
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  153,672
<INCOME-TAX>                                      51,958
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              101,714
<DISCONTINUED>                                         0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                        0
<CHANGES>                                              0
<NET-INCOME>                                     101,714
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                       0.69
<EPS-DILUTED>                                       0.67
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission